2017-09-26 Thomas Koenig <tkoenig@gcc.gnu.org>

[official-gcc.git] / gcc / tree-vrp.c

/* Support routines for Value Range Propagation (VRP).
   Copyright (C) 2005-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Diego Novillo <dnovillo@redhat.com>.

This file is part of GCC.

GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
any later version.

GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3.  If not see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#include "config.h"
#include "system.h"
#include "coretypes.h"
#include "backend.h"
#include "insn-codes.h"
#include "rtl.h"
#include "tree.h"
#include "gimple.h"
#include "cfghooks.h"
#include "tree-pass.h"
#include "ssa.h"
#include "optabs-tree.h"
#include "gimple-pretty-print.h"
#include "diagnostic-core.h"
#include "flags.h"
#include "fold-const.h"
#include "stor-layout.h"
#include "calls.h"
#include "cfganal.h"
#include "gimple-fold.h"
#include "tree-eh.h"
#include "gimple-iterator.h"
#include "gimple-walk.h"
#include "tree-cfg.h"
#include "tree-ssa-loop-manip.h"
#include "tree-ssa-loop-niter.h"
#include "tree-ssa-loop.h"
#include "tree-into-ssa.h"
#include "tree-ssa.h"
#include "intl.h"
#include "cfgloop.h"
#include "tree-scalar-evolution.h"
#include "tree-ssa-propagate.h"
#include "tree-chrec.h"
#include "tree-ssa-threadupdate.h"
#include "tree-ssa-scopedtables.h"
#include "tree-ssa-threadedge.h"
#include "omp-general.h"
#include "target.h"
#include "case-cfn-macros.h"
#include "params.h"
#include "alloc-pool.h"
#include "domwalk.h"
#include "tree-cfgcleanup.h"
#include "stringpool.h"
#include "attribs.h"

#define VR_INITIALIZER { VR_UNDEFINED, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL }

/* Allocation pools for tree-vrp allocations.  */
static object_allocator<value_range> vrp_value_range_pool ("Tree VRP value ranges");
static bitmap_obstack vrp_equiv_obstack;

/* Set of SSA names found live during the RPO traversal of the function
   for still active basic-blocks.  */
static sbitmap *live;

/* Return true if the SSA name NAME is live on the edge E.  */

static bool
live_on_edge (edge e, tree name)
{
  return (live[e->dest->index]
          && bitmap_bit_p (live[e->dest->index], SSA_NAME_VERSION (name)));
}

/* Local functions.  */
static int compare_values (tree val1, tree val2);
static int compare_values_warnv (tree val1, tree val2, bool *);
static tree vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops (enum tree_code,
                                                     tree, tree, bool, bool *,
                                                     bool *);

struct assert_info
{
  /* Predicate code for the ASSERT_EXPR.  Must be COMPARISON_CLASS_P.  */
  enum tree_code comp_code;

  /* Name to register the assert for.  */
  tree name;

  /* Value being compared against.  */
  tree val;

  /* Expression to compare.  */
  tree expr;
};

/* Location information for ASSERT_EXPRs.  Each instance of this
   structure describes an ASSERT_EXPR for an SSA name.  Since a single
   SSA name may have more than one assertion associated with it, these
   locations are kept in a linked list attached to the corresponding
   SSA name.  */
struct assert_locus
{
  /* Basic block where the assertion would be inserted.  */
  basic_block bb;

  /* Some assertions need to be inserted on an edge (e.g., assertions
     generated by COND_EXPRs).  In those cases, BB will be NULL.  */
  edge e;

  /* Pointer to the statement that generated this assertion.  */
  gimple_stmt_iterator si;

  /* Predicate code for the ASSERT_EXPR.  Must be COMPARISON_CLASS_P.  */
  enum tree_code comp_code;

  /* Value being compared against.  */
  tree val;

  /* Expression to compare.  */
  tree expr;

  /* Next node in the linked list.  */
  assert_locus *next;
};

/* If bit I is present, it means that SSA name N_i has a list of
   assertions that should be inserted in the IL.  */
static bitmap need_assert_for;

/* Array of locations lists where to insert assertions.  ASSERTS_FOR[I]
   holds a list of ASSERT_LOCUS_T nodes that describe where
   ASSERT_EXPRs for SSA name N_I should be inserted.  */
static assert_locus **asserts_for;

/* Value range array.  After propagation, VR_VALUE[I] holds the range
   of values that SSA name N_I may take.  */
static unsigned num_vr_values;
static value_range **vr_value;
static bool values_propagated;

/* For a PHI node which sets SSA name N_I, VR_COUNTS[I] holds the
   number of executable edges we saw the last time we visited the
   node.  */
static int *vr_phi_edge_counts;

struct switch_update {
  gswitch *stmt;
  tree vec;
};

static vec<edge> to_remove_edges;
static vec<switch_update> to_update_switch_stmts;


/* Return the maximum value for TYPE.  */

static inline tree
vrp_val_max (const_tree type)
{
  if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type))
    return NULL_TREE;

  return TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type);
}

/* Return the minimum value for TYPE.  */

static inline tree
vrp_val_min (const_tree type)
{
  if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type))
    return NULL_TREE;

  return TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type);
}

/* Return whether VAL is equal to the maximum value of its type.
   We can't do a simple equality comparison with TYPE_MAX_VALUE because
   C typedefs and Ada subtypes can produce types whose TYPE_MAX_VALUE
   is not == to the integer constant with the same value in the type.  */

static inline bool
vrp_val_is_max (const_tree val)
{
  tree type_max = vrp_val_max (TREE_TYPE (val));
  return (val == type_max
          || (type_max != NULL_TREE
              && operand_equal_p (val, type_max, 0)));
}

/* Return whether VAL is equal to the minimum value of its type.  */

static inline bool
vrp_val_is_min (const_tree val)
{
  tree type_min = vrp_val_min (TREE_TYPE (val));
  return (val == type_min
          || (type_min != NULL_TREE
              && operand_equal_p (val, type_min, 0)));
}


/* Set value range VR to VR_UNDEFINED.  */

static inline void
set_value_range_to_undefined (value_range *vr)
{
  vr->type = VR_UNDEFINED;
  vr->min = vr->max = NULL_TREE;
  if (vr->equiv)
    bitmap_clear (vr->equiv);
}


/* Set value range VR to VR_VARYING.  */

static inline void
set_value_range_to_varying (value_range *vr)
{
  vr->type = VR_VARYING;
  vr->min = vr->max = NULL_TREE;
  if (vr->equiv)
    bitmap_clear (vr->equiv);
}


/* Set value range VR to {T, MIN, MAX, EQUIV}.  */

static void
set_value_range (value_range *vr, enum value_range_type t, tree min,
                 tree max, bitmap equiv)
{
  /* Check the validity of the range.  */
  if (flag_checking
      && (t == VR_RANGE || t == VR_ANTI_RANGE))
    {
      int cmp;

      gcc_assert (min && max);

      gcc_assert (!TREE_OVERFLOW_P (min) && !TREE_OVERFLOW_P (max));

      if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (min)) && t == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        gcc_assert (!vrp_val_is_min (min) || !vrp_val_is_max (max));

      cmp = compare_values (min, max);
      gcc_assert (cmp == 0 || cmp == -1 || cmp == -2);
    }

  if (flag_checking
      && (t == VR_UNDEFINED || t == VR_VARYING))
    {
      gcc_assert (min == NULL_TREE && max == NULL_TREE);
      gcc_assert (equiv == NULL || bitmap_empty_p (equiv));
    }

  vr->type = t;
  vr->min = min;
  vr->max = max;

  /* Since updating the equivalence set involves deep copying the
     bitmaps, only do it if absolutely necessary.  */
  if (vr->equiv == NULL
      && equiv != NULL)
    vr->equiv = BITMAP_ALLOC (&vrp_equiv_obstack);

  if (equiv != vr->equiv)
    {
      if (equiv && !bitmap_empty_p (equiv))
        bitmap_copy (vr->equiv, equiv);
      else
        bitmap_clear (vr->equiv);
    }
}


/* Set value range VR to the canonical form of {T, MIN, MAX, EQUIV}.
   This means adjusting T, MIN and MAX representing the case of a
   wrapping range with MAX < MIN covering [MIN, type_max] U [type_min, MAX]
   as anti-rage ~[MAX+1, MIN-1].  Likewise for wrapping anti-ranges.
   In corner cases where MAX+1 or MIN-1 wraps this will fall back
   to varying.
   This routine exists to ease canonicalization in the case where we
   extract ranges from var + CST op limit.  */

static void
set_and_canonicalize_value_range (value_range *vr, enum value_range_type t,
                                  tree min, tree max, bitmap equiv)
{
  /* Use the canonical setters for VR_UNDEFINED and VR_VARYING.  */
  if (t == VR_UNDEFINED)
    {
      set_value_range_to_undefined (vr);
      return;
    }
  else if (t == VR_VARYING)
    {
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
      return;
    }

  /* Nothing to canonicalize for symbolic ranges.  */
  if (TREE_CODE (min) != INTEGER_CST
      || TREE_CODE (max) != INTEGER_CST)
    {
      set_value_range (vr, t, min, max, equiv);
      return;
    }

  /* Wrong order for min and max, to swap them and the VR type we need
     to adjust them.  */
  if (tree_int_cst_lt (max, min))
    {
      tree one, tmp;

      /* For one bit precision if max < min, then the swapped
         range covers all values, so for VR_RANGE it is varying and
         for VR_ANTI_RANGE empty range, so drop to varying as well.  */
      if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (min)) == 1)
        {
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
          return;
        }

      one = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (min), 1);
      tmp = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, max, one);
      max = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, min, one);
      min = tmp;

      /* There's one corner case, if we had [C+1, C] before we now have
         that again.  But this represents an empty value range, so drop
         to varying in this case.  */
      if (tree_int_cst_lt (max, min))
        {
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
          return;
        }

      t = t == VR_RANGE ? VR_ANTI_RANGE : VR_RANGE;
    }

  /* Anti-ranges that can be represented as ranges should be so.  */
  if (t == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
    {
      bool is_min = vrp_val_is_min (min);
      bool is_max = vrp_val_is_max (max);

      if (is_min && is_max)
        {
          /* We cannot deal with empty ranges, drop to varying.
             ???  This could be VR_UNDEFINED instead.  */
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
          return;
        }
      else if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (min)) == 1
               && (is_min || is_max))
        {
          /* Non-empty boolean ranges can always be represented
             as a singleton range.  */
          if (is_min)
            min = max = vrp_val_max (TREE_TYPE (min));
          else
            min = max = vrp_val_min (TREE_TYPE (min));
          t = VR_RANGE;
        }
      else if (is_min
               /* As a special exception preserve non-null ranges.  */
               && !(TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (min))
                    && integer_zerop (max)))
        {
          tree one = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (max), 1);
          min = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, max, one);
          max = vrp_val_max (TREE_TYPE (max));
          t = VR_RANGE;
        }
      else if (is_max)
        {
          tree one = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (min), 1);
          max = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, min, one);
          min = vrp_val_min (TREE_TYPE (min));
          t = VR_RANGE;
        }
    }

  /* Do not drop [-INF(OVF), +INF(OVF)] to varying.  (OVF) has to be sticky
     to make sure VRP iteration terminates, otherwise we can get into
     oscillations.  */

  set_value_range (vr, t, min, max, equiv);
}

/* Copy value range FROM into value range TO.  */

static inline void
copy_value_range (value_range *to, value_range *from)
{
  set_value_range (to, from->type, from->min, from->max, from->equiv);
}

/* Set value range VR to a single value.  This function is only called
   with values we get from statements, and exists to clear the
   TREE_OVERFLOW flag.  */

static inline void
set_value_range_to_value (value_range *vr, tree val, bitmap equiv)
{
  gcc_assert (is_gimple_min_invariant (val));
  if (TREE_OVERFLOW_P (val))
    val = drop_tree_overflow (val);
  set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, val, val, equiv);
}

/* Set value range VR to a non-negative range of type TYPE.  */

static inline void
set_value_range_to_nonnegative (value_range *vr, tree type)
{
  tree zero = build_int_cst (type, 0);
  set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, zero, vrp_val_max (type), vr->equiv);
}

/* Set value range VR to a non-NULL range of type TYPE.  */

static inline void
set_value_range_to_nonnull (value_range *vr, tree type)
{
  tree zero = build_int_cst (type, 0);
  set_value_range (vr, VR_ANTI_RANGE, zero, zero, vr->equiv);
}


/* Set value range VR to a NULL range of type TYPE.  */

static inline void
set_value_range_to_null (value_range *vr, tree type)
{
  set_value_range_to_value (vr, build_int_cst (type, 0), vr->equiv);
}


/* Set value range VR to a range of a truthvalue of type TYPE.  */

static inline void
set_value_range_to_truthvalue (value_range *vr, tree type)
{
  if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == 1)
    set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
  else
    set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE,
                     build_int_cst (type, 0), build_int_cst (type, 1),
                     vr->equiv);
}


/* If abs (min) < abs (max), set VR to [-max, max], if
   abs (min) >= abs (max), set VR to [-min, min].  */

static void
abs_extent_range (value_range *vr, tree min, tree max)
{
  int cmp;

  gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (min) == INTEGER_CST);
  gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (max) == INTEGER_CST);
  gcc_assert (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (min)));
  gcc_assert (!TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (min)));
  min = fold_unary (ABS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (min), min);
  max = fold_unary (ABS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (max), max);
  if (TREE_OVERFLOW (min) || TREE_OVERFLOW (max))
    {
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
      return;
    }
  cmp = compare_values (min, max);
  if (cmp == -1)
    min = fold_unary (NEGATE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (min), max);
  else if (cmp == 0 || cmp == 1)
    {
      max = min;
      min = fold_unary (NEGATE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (min), min);
    }
  else
    {
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
      return;
    }
  set_and_canonicalize_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, min, max, NULL);
}


/* Return value range information for VAR.

   If we have no values ranges recorded (ie, VRP is not running), then
   return NULL.  Otherwise create an empty range if none existed for VAR.  */

static value_range *
get_value_range (const_tree var)
{
  static const value_range vr_const_varying
    = { VR_VARYING, NULL_TREE, NULL_TREE, NULL };
  value_range *vr;
  tree sym;
  unsigned ver = SSA_NAME_VERSION (var);

  /* If we have no recorded ranges, then return NULL.  */
  if (! vr_value)
    return NULL;

  /* If we query the range for a new SSA name return an unmodifiable VARYING.
     We should get here at most from the substitute-and-fold stage which
     will never try to change values.  */
  if (ver >= num_vr_values)
    return CONST_CAST (value_range *, &vr_const_varying);

  vr = vr_value[ver];
  if (vr)
    return vr;

  /* After propagation finished do not allocate new value-ranges.  */
  if (values_propagated)
    return CONST_CAST (value_range *, &vr_const_varying);

  /* Create a default value range.  */
  vr_value[ver] = vr = vrp_value_range_pool.allocate ();
  memset (vr, 0, sizeof (*vr));

  /* Defer allocating the equivalence set.  */
  vr->equiv = NULL;

  /* If VAR is a default definition of a parameter, the variable can
     take any value in VAR's type.  */
  if (SSA_NAME_IS_DEFAULT_DEF (var))
    {
      sym = SSA_NAME_VAR (var);
      if (TREE_CODE (sym) == PARM_DECL)
        {
          /* Try to use the "nonnull" attribute to create ~[0, 0]
             anti-ranges for pointers.  Note that this is only valid with
             default definitions of PARM_DECLs.  */
          if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (sym))
              && (nonnull_arg_p (sym)
                  || get_ptr_nonnull (var)))
            set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr, TREE_TYPE (sym));
          else if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (sym)))
            {
              wide_int min, max;
              value_range_type rtype = get_range_info (var, &min, &max);
              if (rtype == VR_RANGE || rtype == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
                set_value_range (vr, rtype,
                                 wide_int_to_tree (TREE_TYPE (var), min),
                                 wide_int_to_tree (TREE_TYPE (var), max),
                                 NULL);
              else
                set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
            }
          else
            set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
        }
      else if (TREE_CODE (sym) == RESULT_DECL
               && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (sym))
        set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr, TREE_TYPE (sym));
    }

  return vr;
}

/* Set value-ranges of all SSA names defined by STMT to varying.  */

static void
set_defs_to_varying (gimple *stmt)
{
  ssa_op_iter i;
  tree def;
  FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (def, stmt, i, SSA_OP_DEF)
    {
      value_range *vr = get_value_range (def);
      /* Avoid writing to vr_const_varying get_value_range may return.  */
      if (vr->type != VR_VARYING)
        set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
    }
}


/* Return true, if VAL1 and VAL2 are equal values for VRP purposes.  */

static inline bool
vrp_operand_equal_p (const_tree val1, const_tree val2)
{
  if (val1 == val2)
    return true;
  if (!val1 || !val2 || !operand_equal_p (val1, val2, 0))
    return false;
  return true;
}

/* Return true, if the bitmaps B1 and B2 are equal.  */

static inline bool
vrp_bitmap_equal_p (const_bitmap b1, const_bitmap b2)
{
  return (b1 == b2
          || ((!b1 || bitmap_empty_p (b1))
              && (!b2 || bitmap_empty_p (b2)))
          || (b1 && b2
              && bitmap_equal_p (b1, b2)));
}

/* Update the value range and equivalence set for variable VAR to
   NEW_VR.  Return true if NEW_VR is different from VAR's previous
   value.

   NOTE: This function assumes that NEW_VR is a temporary value range
   object created for the sole purpose of updating VAR's range.  The
   storage used by the equivalence set from NEW_VR will be freed by
   this function.  Do not call update_value_range when NEW_VR
   is the range object associated with another SSA name.  */

static inline bool
update_value_range (const_tree var, value_range *new_vr)
{
  value_range *old_vr;
  bool is_new;

  /* If there is a value-range on the SSA name from earlier analysis
     factor that in.  */
  if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (var)))
    {
      wide_int min, max;
      value_range_type rtype = get_range_info (var, &min, &max);
      if (rtype == VR_RANGE || rtype == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        {
          tree nr_min, nr_max;
          nr_min = wide_int_to_tree (TREE_TYPE (var), min);
          nr_max = wide_int_to_tree (TREE_TYPE (var), max);
          value_range nr = VR_INITIALIZER;
          set_and_canonicalize_value_range (&nr, rtype, nr_min, nr_max, NULL);
          vrp_intersect_ranges (new_vr, &nr);
        }
    }

  /* Update the value range, if necessary.  */
  old_vr = get_value_range (var);
  is_new = old_vr->type != new_vr->type
           || !vrp_operand_equal_p (old_vr->min, new_vr->min)
           || !vrp_operand_equal_p (old_vr->max, new_vr->max)
           || !vrp_bitmap_equal_p (old_vr->equiv, new_vr->equiv);

  if (is_new)
    {
      /* Do not allow transitions up the lattice.  The following
         is slightly more awkward than just new_vr->type < old_vr->type
         because VR_RANGE and VR_ANTI_RANGE need to be considered
         the same.  We may not have is_new when transitioning to
         UNDEFINED.  If old_vr->type is VARYING, we shouldn't be
         called.  */
      if (new_vr->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
        {
          BITMAP_FREE (new_vr->equiv);
          set_value_range_to_varying (old_vr);
          set_value_range_to_varying (new_vr);
          return true;
        }
      else
        set_value_range (old_vr, new_vr->type, new_vr->min, new_vr->max,
                         new_vr->equiv);
    }

  BITMAP_FREE (new_vr->equiv);

  return is_new;
}


/* Add VAR and VAR's equivalence set to EQUIV.  This is the central
   point where equivalence processing can be turned on/off.  */

static void
add_equivalence (bitmap *equiv, const_tree var)
{
  unsigned ver = SSA_NAME_VERSION (var);
  value_range *vr = get_value_range (var);

  if (*equiv == NULL)
    *equiv = BITMAP_ALLOC (&vrp_equiv_obstack);
  bitmap_set_bit (*equiv, ver);
  if (vr && vr->equiv)
    bitmap_ior_into (*equiv, vr->equiv);
}


/* Return true if VR is ~[0, 0].  */

static inline bool
range_is_nonnull (value_range *vr)
{
  return vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
         && integer_zerop (vr->min)
         && integer_zerop (vr->max);
}


/* Return true if VR is [0, 0].  */

static inline bool
range_is_null (value_range *vr)
{
  return vr->type == VR_RANGE
         && integer_zerop (vr->min)
         && integer_zerop (vr->max);
}

/* Return true if max and min of VR are INTEGER_CST.  It's not necessary
   a singleton.  */

static inline bool
range_int_cst_p (value_range *vr)
{
  return (vr->type == VR_RANGE
          && TREE_CODE (vr->max) == INTEGER_CST
          && TREE_CODE (vr->min) == INTEGER_CST);
}

/* Return true if VR is a INTEGER_CST singleton.  */

static inline bool
range_int_cst_singleton_p (value_range *vr)
{
  return (range_int_cst_p (vr)
          && tree_int_cst_equal (vr->min, vr->max));
}

/* Return true if value range VR involves at least one symbol.  */

static inline bool
symbolic_range_p (value_range *vr)
{
  return (!is_gimple_min_invariant (vr->min)
          || !is_gimple_min_invariant (vr->max));
}

/* Return the single symbol (an SSA_NAME) contained in T if any, or NULL_TREE
   otherwise.  We only handle additive operations and set NEG to true if the
   symbol is negated and INV to the invariant part, if any.  */

static tree
get_single_symbol (tree t, bool *neg, tree *inv)
{
  bool neg_;
  tree inv_;

  *inv = NULL_TREE;
  *neg = false;

  if (TREE_CODE (t) == PLUS_EXPR
      || TREE_CODE (t) == POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
      || TREE_CODE (t) == MINUS_EXPR)
    {
      if (is_gimple_min_invariant (TREE_OPERAND (t, 0)))
        {
          neg_ = (TREE_CODE (t) == MINUS_EXPR);
          inv_ = TREE_OPERAND (t, 0);
          t = TREE_OPERAND (t, 1);
        }
      else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (TREE_OPERAND (t, 1)))
        {
          neg_ = false;
          inv_ = TREE_OPERAND (t, 1);
          t = TREE_OPERAND (t, 0);
        }
      else
        return NULL_TREE;
    }
  else
    {
      neg_ = false;
      inv_ = NULL_TREE;
    }

  if (TREE_CODE (t) == NEGATE_EXPR)
    {
      t = TREE_OPERAND (t, 0);
      neg_ = !neg_;
    }

  if (TREE_CODE (t) != SSA_NAME)
    return NULL_TREE;

  if (inv_ && TREE_OVERFLOW_P (inv_))
    inv_ = drop_tree_overflow (inv_);

  *neg = neg_;
  *inv = inv_;
  return t;
}

/* The reverse operation: build a symbolic expression with TYPE
   from symbol SYM, negated according to NEG, and invariant INV.  */

static tree
build_symbolic_expr (tree type, tree sym, bool neg, tree inv)
{
  const bool pointer_p = POINTER_TYPE_P (type);
  tree t = sym;

  if (neg)
    t = build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, type, t);

  if (integer_zerop (inv))
    return t;

  return build2 (pointer_p ? POINTER_PLUS_EXPR : PLUS_EXPR, type, t, inv);
}

/* Return true if value range VR involves exactly one symbol SYM.  */

static bool
symbolic_range_based_on_p (value_range *vr, const_tree sym)
{
  bool neg, min_has_symbol, max_has_symbol;
  tree inv;

  if (is_gimple_min_invariant (vr->min))
    min_has_symbol = false;
  else if (get_single_symbol (vr->min, &neg, &inv) == sym)
    min_has_symbol = true;
  else
    return false;

  if (is_gimple_min_invariant (vr->max))
    max_has_symbol = false;
  else if (get_single_symbol (vr->max, &neg, &inv) == sym)
    max_has_symbol = true;
  else
    return false;

  return (min_has_symbol || max_has_symbol);
}

/* Return true if the result of assignment STMT is know to be non-zero.  */

static bool
gimple_assign_nonzero_p (gimple *stmt)
{
  enum tree_code code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
  bool strict_overflow_p;
  switch (get_gimple_rhs_class (code))
    {
    case GIMPLE_UNARY_RHS:
      return tree_unary_nonzero_warnv_p (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
                                         gimple_expr_type (stmt),
                                         gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
                                         &strict_overflow_p);
    case GIMPLE_BINARY_RHS:
      return tree_binary_nonzero_warnv_p (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
                                          gimple_expr_type (stmt),
                                          gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
                                          gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt),
                                          &strict_overflow_p);
    case GIMPLE_TERNARY_RHS:
      return false;
    case GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS:
      return tree_single_nonzero_warnv_p (gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
                                          &strict_overflow_p);
    case GIMPLE_INVALID_RHS:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }
}

/* Return true if STMT is known to compute a non-zero value.  */

static bool
gimple_stmt_nonzero_p (gimple *stmt)
{
  switch (gimple_code (stmt))
    {
    case GIMPLE_ASSIGN:
      return gimple_assign_nonzero_p (stmt);
    case GIMPLE_CALL:
      {
        tree fndecl = gimple_call_fndecl (stmt);
        if (!fndecl) return false;
        if (flag_delete_null_pointer_checks && !flag_check_new
            && DECL_IS_OPERATOR_NEW (fndecl)
            && !TREE_NOTHROW (fndecl))
          return true;
        /* References are always non-NULL.  */
        if (flag_delete_null_pointer_checks
            && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (fndecl)) == REFERENCE_TYPE)
          return true;
        if (flag_delete_null_pointer_checks && 
            lookup_attribute ("returns_nonnull",
                              TYPE_ATTRIBUTES (gimple_call_fntype (stmt))))
          return true;

        gcall *call_stmt = as_a<gcall *> (stmt);
        unsigned rf = gimple_call_return_flags (call_stmt);
        if (rf & ERF_RETURNS_ARG)
          {
            unsigned argnum = rf & ERF_RETURN_ARG_MASK;
            if (argnum < gimple_call_num_args (call_stmt))
              {
                tree arg = gimple_call_arg (call_stmt, argnum);
                if (SSA_VAR_P (arg)
                    && infer_nonnull_range_by_attribute (stmt, arg))
                  return true;
              }
          }
        return gimple_alloca_call_p (stmt);
      }
    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }
}

/* Like tree_expr_nonzero_p, but this function uses value ranges
   obtained so far.  */

static bool
vrp_stmt_computes_nonzero (gimple *stmt)
{
  if (gimple_stmt_nonzero_p (stmt))
    return true;

  /* If we have an expression of the form &X->a, then the expression
     is nonnull if X is nonnull.  */
  if (is_gimple_assign (stmt)
      && gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt) == ADDR_EXPR)
    {
      tree expr = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
      tree base = get_base_address (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 0));

      if (base != NULL_TREE
          && TREE_CODE (base) == MEM_REF
          && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (base, 0)) == SSA_NAME)
        {
          value_range *vr = get_value_range (TREE_OPERAND (base, 0));
          if (range_is_nonnull (vr))
            return true;
        }
    }

  return false;
}

/* Returns true if EXPR is a valid value (as expected by compare_values) --
   a gimple invariant, or SSA_NAME +- CST.  */

static bool
valid_value_p (tree expr)
{
  if (TREE_CODE (expr) == SSA_NAME)
    return true;

  if (TREE_CODE (expr) == PLUS_EXPR
      || TREE_CODE (expr) == MINUS_EXPR)
    return (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 0)) == SSA_NAME
            && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (expr, 1)) == INTEGER_CST);

  return is_gimple_min_invariant (expr);
}

/* Return
   1 if VAL < VAL2
   0 if !(VAL < VAL2)
   -2 if those are incomparable.  */
static inline int
operand_less_p (tree val, tree val2)
{
  /* LT is folded faster than GE and others.  Inline the common case.  */
  if (TREE_CODE (val) == INTEGER_CST && TREE_CODE (val2) == INTEGER_CST)
    return tree_int_cst_lt (val, val2);
  else
    {
      tree tcmp;

      fold_defer_overflow_warnings ();

      tcmp = fold_binary_to_constant (LT_EXPR, boolean_type_node, val, val2);

      fold_undefer_and_ignore_overflow_warnings ();

      if (!tcmp
          || TREE_CODE (tcmp) != INTEGER_CST)
        return -2;

      if (!integer_zerop (tcmp))
        return 1;
    }

  return 0;
}

/* Compare two values VAL1 and VAL2.  Return

        -2 if VAL1 and VAL2 cannot be compared at compile-time,
        -1 if VAL1 < VAL2,
         0 if VAL1 == VAL2,
        +1 if VAL1 > VAL2, and
        +2 if VAL1 != VAL2

   This is similar to tree_int_cst_compare but supports pointer values
   and values that cannot be compared at compile time.

   If STRICT_OVERFLOW_P is not NULL, then set *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P to
   true if the return value is only valid if we assume that signed
   overflow is undefined.  */

static int
compare_values_warnv (tree val1, tree val2, bool *strict_overflow_p)
{
  if (val1 == val2)
    return 0;

  /* Below we rely on the fact that VAL1 and VAL2 are both pointers or
     both integers.  */
  gcc_assert (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (val1))
              == POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (val2)));

  /* Convert the two values into the same type.  This is needed because
     sizetype causes sign extension even for unsigned types.  */
  val2 = fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (val1), val2);
  STRIP_USELESS_TYPE_CONVERSION (val2);

  const bool overflow_undefined
    = INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (val1))
      && TYPE_OVERFLOW_UNDEFINED (TREE_TYPE (val1));
  tree inv1, inv2;
  bool neg1, neg2;
  tree sym1 = get_single_symbol (val1, &neg1, &inv1);
  tree sym2 = get_single_symbol (val2, &neg2, &inv2);

  /* If VAL1 and VAL2 are of the form '[-]NAME [+ CST]', return -1 or +1
     accordingly.  If VAL1 and VAL2 don't use the same name, return -2.  */
  if (sym1 && sym2)
    {
      /* Both values must use the same name with the same sign.  */
      if (sym1 != sym2 || neg1 != neg2)
        return -2;

      /* [-]NAME + CST == [-]NAME + CST.  */
      if (inv1 == inv2)
        return 0;

      /* If overflow is defined we cannot simplify more.  */
      if (!overflow_undefined)
        return -2;

      if (strict_overflow_p != NULL
          /* Symbolic range building sets TREE_NO_WARNING to declare
             that overflow doesn't happen.  */
          && (!inv1 || !TREE_NO_WARNING (val1))
          && (!inv2 || !TREE_NO_WARNING (val2)))
        *strict_overflow_p = true;

      if (!inv1)
        inv1 = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (val1), 0);
      if (!inv2)
        inv2 = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (val2), 0);

      return wi::cmp (inv1, inv2, TYPE_SIGN (TREE_TYPE (val1)));
    }

  const bool cst1 = is_gimple_min_invariant (val1);
  const bool cst2 = is_gimple_min_invariant (val2);

  /* If one is of the form '[-]NAME + CST' and the other is constant, then
     it might be possible to say something depending on the constants.  */
  if ((sym1 && inv1 && cst2) || (sym2 && inv2 && cst1))
    {
      if (!overflow_undefined)
        return -2;

      if (strict_overflow_p != NULL
          /* Symbolic range building sets TREE_NO_WARNING to declare
             that overflow doesn't happen.  */
          && (!sym1 || !TREE_NO_WARNING (val1))
          && (!sym2 || !TREE_NO_WARNING (val2)))
        *strict_overflow_p = true;

      const signop sgn = TYPE_SIGN (TREE_TYPE (val1));
      tree cst = cst1 ? val1 : val2;
      tree inv = cst1 ? inv2 : inv1;

      /* Compute the difference between the constants.  If it overflows or
         underflows, this means that we can trivially compare the NAME with
         it and, consequently, the two values with each other.  */
      wide_int diff = wi::sub (cst, inv);
      if (wi::cmp (0, inv, sgn) != wi::cmp (diff, cst, sgn))
        {
          const int res = wi::cmp (cst, inv, sgn);
          return cst1 ? res : -res;
        }

      return -2;
    }

  /* We cannot say anything more for non-constants.  */
  if (!cst1 || !cst2)
    return -2;

  if (!POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (val1)))
    {
      /* We cannot compare overflowed values.  */
      if (TREE_OVERFLOW (val1) || TREE_OVERFLOW (val2))
        return -2;

      return tree_int_cst_compare (val1, val2);
    }
  else
    {
      tree t;

      /* First see if VAL1 and VAL2 are not the same.  */
      if (val1 == val2 || operand_equal_p (val1, val2, 0))
        return 0;

      /* If VAL1 is a lower address than VAL2, return -1.  */
      if (operand_less_p (val1, val2) == 1)
        return -1;

      /* If VAL1 is a higher address than VAL2, return +1.  */
      if (operand_less_p (val2, val1) == 1)
        return 1;

      /* If VAL1 is different than VAL2, return +2.
         For integer constants we either have already returned -1 or 1
         or they are equivalent.  We still might succeed in proving
         something about non-trivial operands.  */
      if (TREE_CODE (val1) != INTEGER_CST
          || TREE_CODE (val2) != INTEGER_CST)
        {
          t = fold_binary_to_constant (NE_EXPR, boolean_type_node, val1, val2);
          if (t && integer_onep (t))
            return 2;
        }

      return -2;
    }
}

/* Compare values like compare_values_warnv.  */

static int
compare_values (tree val1, tree val2)
{
  bool sop;
  return compare_values_warnv (val1, val2, &sop);
}


/* Return 1 if VAL is inside value range MIN <= VAL <= MAX,
          0 if VAL is not inside [MIN, MAX],
         -2 if we cannot tell either way.

   Benchmark compile/20001226-1.c compilation time after changing this
   function.  */

static inline int
value_inside_range (tree val, tree min, tree max)
{
  int cmp1, cmp2;

  cmp1 = operand_less_p (val, min);
  if (cmp1 == -2)
    return -2;
  if (cmp1 == 1)
    return 0;

  cmp2 = operand_less_p (max, val);
  if (cmp2 == -2)
    return -2;

  return !cmp2;
}


/* Return true if value ranges VR0 and VR1 have a non-empty
   intersection.

   Benchmark compile/20001226-1.c compilation time after changing this
   function.
   */

static inline bool
value_ranges_intersect_p (value_range *vr0, value_range *vr1)
{
  /* The value ranges do not intersect if the maximum of the first range is
     less than the minimum of the second range or vice versa.
     When those relations are unknown, we can't do any better.  */
  if (operand_less_p (vr0->max, vr1->min) != 0)
    return false;
  if (operand_less_p (vr1->max, vr0->min) != 0)
    return false;
  return true;
}


/* Return 1 if [MIN, MAX] includes the value zero, 0 if it does not
   include the value zero, -2 if we cannot tell.  */

static inline int
range_includes_zero_p (tree min, tree max)
{
  tree zero = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (min), 0);
  return value_inside_range (zero, min, max);
}

/* Return true if *VR is know to only contain nonnegative values.  */

static inline bool
value_range_nonnegative_p (value_range *vr)
{
  /* Testing for VR_ANTI_RANGE is not useful here as any anti-range
     which would return a useful value should be encoded as a 
     VR_RANGE.  */
  if (vr->type == VR_RANGE)
    {
      int result = compare_values (vr->min, integer_zero_node);
      return (result == 0 || result == 1);
    }

  return false;
}

/* If *VR has a value rante that is a single constant value return that,
   otherwise return NULL_TREE.  */

static tree
value_range_constant_singleton (value_range *vr)
{
  if (vr->type == VR_RANGE
      && vrp_operand_equal_p (vr->min, vr->max)
      && is_gimple_min_invariant (vr->min))
    return vr->min;

  return NULL_TREE;
}

/* If OP has a value range with a single constant value return that,
   otherwise return NULL_TREE.  This returns OP itself if OP is a
   constant.  */

static tree
op_with_constant_singleton_value_range (tree op)
{
  if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op))
    return op;

  if (TREE_CODE (op) != SSA_NAME)
    return NULL_TREE;

  return value_range_constant_singleton (get_value_range (op));
}

/* Return true if op is in a boolean [0, 1] value-range.  */

static bool
op_with_boolean_value_range_p (tree op)
{
  value_range *vr;

  if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (op)) == 1)
    return true;

  if (integer_zerop (op)
      || integer_onep (op))
    return true;

  if (TREE_CODE (op) != SSA_NAME)
    return false;

  vr = get_value_range (op);
  return (vr->type == VR_RANGE
          && integer_zerop (vr->min)
          && integer_onep (vr->max));
}

/* Extract value range information for VAR when (OP COND_CODE LIMIT) is
   true and store it in *VR_P.  */

static void
extract_range_for_var_from_comparison_expr (tree var, enum tree_code cond_code,
                                            tree op, tree limit,
                                            value_range *vr_p)
{
  tree  min, max, type;
  value_range *limit_vr;
  type = TREE_TYPE (var);
  gcc_assert (limit != var);

  /* For pointer arithmetic, we only keep track of pointer equality
     and inequality.  */
  if (POINTER_TYPE_P (type) && cond_code != NE_EXPR && cond_code != EQ_EXPR)
    {
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr_p);
      return;
    }

  /* If LIMIT is another SSA name and LIMIT has a range of its own,
     try to use LIMIT's range to avoid creating symbolic ranges
     unnecessarily. */
  limit_vr = (TREE_CODE (limit) == SSA_NAME) ? get_value_range (limit) : NULL;

  /* LIMIT's range is only interesting if it has any useful information.  */
  if (! limit_vr
      || limit_vr->type == VR_UNDEFINED
      || limit_vr->type == VR_VARYING
      || (symbolic_range_p (limit_vr)
          && ! (limit_vr->type == VR_RANGE
                && (limit_vr->min == limit_vr->max
                    || operand_equal_p (limit_vr->min, limit_vr->max, 0)))))
    limit_vr = NULL;

  /* Initially, the new range has the same set of equivalences of
     VAR's range.  This will be revised before returning the final
     value.  Since assertions may be chained via mutually exclusive
     predicates, we will need to trim the set of equivalences before
     we are done.  */
  gcc_assert (vr_p->equiv == NULL);
  add_equivalence (&vr_p->equiv, var);

  /* Extract a new range based on the asserted comparison for VAR and
     LIMIT's value range.  Notice that if LIMIT has an anti-range, we
     will only use it for equality comparisons (EQ_EXPR).  For any
     other kind of assertion, we cannot derive a range from LIMIT's
     anti-range that can be used to describe the new range.  For
     instance, ASSERT_EXPR <x_2, x_2 <= b_4>.  If b_4 is ~[2, 10],
     then b_4 takes on the ranges [-INF, 1] and [11, +INF].  There is
     no single range for x_2 that could describe LE_EXPR, so we might
     as well build the range [b_4, +INF] for it.
     One special case we handle is extracting a range from a
     range test encoded as (unsigned)var + CST <= limit.  */
  if (TREE_CODE (op) == NOP_EXPR
      || TREE_CODE (op) == PLUS_EXPR)
    {
      if (TREE_CODE (op) == PLUS_EXPR)
        {
          min = fold_build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (op, 1)),
                             TREE_OPERAND (op, 1));
          max = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, limit, min);
          op = TREE_OPERAND (op, 0);
        }
      else
        {
          min = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (var), 0);
          max = limit;
        }

      /* Make sure to not set TREE_OVERFLOW on the final type
         conversion.  We are willingly interpreting large positive
         unsigned values as negative signed values here.  */
      min = force_fit_type (TREE_TYPE (var), wi::to_widest (min), 0, false);
      max = force_fit_type (TREE_TYPE (var), wi::to_widest (max), 0, false);

      /* We can transform a max, min range to an anti-range or
         vice-versa.  Use set_and_canonicalize_value_range which does
         this for us.  */
      if (cond_code == LE_EXPR)
        set_and_canonicalize_value_range (vr_p, VR_RANGE,
                                          min, max, vr_p->equiv);
      else if (cond_code == GT_EXPR)
        set_and_canonicalize_value_range (vr_p, VR_ANTI_RANGE,
                                          min, max, vr_p->equiv);
      else
        gcc_unreachable ();
    }
  else if (cond_code == EQ_EXPR)
    {
      enum value_range_type range_type;

      if (limit_vr)
        {
          range_type = limit_vr->type;
          min = limit_vr->min;
          max = limit_vr->max;
        }
      else
        {
          range_type = VR_RANGE;
          min = limit;
          max = limit;
        }

      set_value_range (vr_p, range_type, min, max, vr_p->equiv);

      /* When asserting the equality VAR == LIMIT and LIMIT is another
         SSA name, the new range will also inherit the equivalence set
         from LIMIT.  */
      if (TREE_CODE (limit) == SSA_NAME)
        add_equivalence (&vr_p->equiv, limit);
    }
  else if (cond_code == NE_EXPR)
    {
      /* As described above, when LIMIT's range is an anti-range and
         this assertion is an inequality (NE_EXPR), then we cannot
         derive anything from the anti-range.  For instance, if
         LIMIT's range was ~[0, 0], the assertion 'VAR != LIMIT' does
         not imply that VAR's range is [0, 0].  So, in the case of
         anti-ranges, we just assert the inequality using LIMIT and
         not its anti-range.

         If LIMIT_VR is a range, we can only use it to build a new
         anti-range if LIMIT_VR is a single-valued range.  For
         instance, if LIMIT_VR is [0, 1], the predicate
         VAR != [0, 1] does not mean that VAR's range is ~[0, 1].
         Rather, it means that for value 0 VAR should be ~[0, 0]
         and for value 1, VAR should be ~[1, 1].  We cannot
         represent these ranges.

         The only situation in which we can build a valid
         anti-range is when LIMIT_VR is a single-valued range
         (i.e., LIMIT_VR->MIN == LIMIT_VR->MAX).  In that case,
         build the anti-range ~[LIMIT_VR->MIN, LIMIT_VR->MAX].  */
      if (limit_vr
          && limit_vr->type == VR_RANGE
          && compare_values (limit_vr->min, limit_vr->max) == 0)
        {
          min = limit_vr->min;
          max = limit_vr->max;
        }
      else
        {
          /* In any other case, we cannot use LIMIT's range to build a
             valid anti-range.  */
          min = max = limit;
        }

      /* If MIN and MAX cover the whole range for their type, then
         just use the original LIMIT.  */
      if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type)
          && vrp_val_is_min (min)
          && vrp_val_is_max (max))
        min = max = limit;

      set_and_canonicalize_value_range (vr_p, VR_ANTI_RANGE,
                                        min, max, vr_p->equiv);
    }
  else if (cond_code == LE_EXPR || cond_code == LT_EXPR)
    {
      min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type);

      if (limit_vr == NULL || limit_vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        max = limit;
      else
        {
          /* If LIMIT_VR is of the form [N1, N2], we need to build the
             range [MIN, N2] for LE_EXPR and [MIN, N2 - 1] for
             LT_EXPR.  */
          max = limit_vr->max;
        }

      /* If the maximum value forces us to be out of bounds, simply punt.
         It would be pointless to try and do anything more since this
         all should be optimized away above us.  */
      if (cond_code == LT_EXPR
          && compare_values (max, min) == 0)
        set_value_range_to_varying (vr_p);
      else
        {
          /* For LT_EXPR, we create the range [MIN, MAX - 1].  */
          if (cond_code == LT_EXPR)
            {
              if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (max)) == 1
                  && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (max)))
                max = fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (max), max,
                                   build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (max), -1));
              else
                max = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (max), max,
                                   build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (max), 1));
              /* Signal to compare_values_warnv this expr doesn't overflow.  */
              if (EXPR_P (max))
                TREE_NO_WARNING (max) = 1;
            }

          set_value_range (vr_p, VR_RANGE, min, max, vr_p->equiv);
        }
    }
  else if (cond_code == GE_EXPR || cond_code == GT_EXPR)
    {
      max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type);

      if (limit_vr == NULL || limit_vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        min = limit;
      else
        {
          /* If LIMIT_VR is of the form [N1, N2], we need to build the
             range [N1, MAX] for GE_EXPR and [N1 + 1, MAX] for
             GT_EXPR.  */
          min = limit_vr->min;
        }

      /* If the minimum value forces us to be out of bounds, simply punt.
         It would be pointless to try and do anything more since this
         all should be optimized away above us.  */
      if (cond_code == GT_EXPR
          && compare_values (min, max) == 0)
        set_value_range_to_varying (vr_p);
      else
        {
          /* For GT_EXPR, we create the range [MIN + 1, MAX].  */
          if (cond_code == GT_EXPR)
            {
              if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (min)) == 1
                  && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (min)))
                min = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (min), min,
                                   build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (min), -1));
              else
                min = fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (min), min,
                                   build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (min), 1));
              /* Signal to compare_values_warnv this expr doesn't overflow.  */
              if (EXPR_P (min))
                TREE_NO_WARNING (min) = 1;
            }

          set_value_range (vr_p, VR_RANGE, min, max, vr_p->equiv);
        }
    }
  else
    gcc_unreachable ();

  /* Finally intersect the new range with what we already know about var.  */
  vrp_intersect_ranges (vr_p, get_value_range (var));
}

/* Extract value range information from an ASSERT_EXPR EXPR and store
   it in *VR_P.  */

static void
extract_range_from_assert (value_range *vr_p, tree expr)
{
  tree var = ASSERT_EXPR_VAR (expr);
  tree cond = ASSERT_EXPR_COND (expr);
  tree limit, op;
  enum tree_code cond_code;
  gcc_assert (COMPARISON_CLASS_P (cond));

  /* Find VAR in the ASSERT_EXPR conditional.  */
  if (var == TREE_OPERAND (cond, 0)
      || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (cond, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR
      || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (cond, 0)) == NOP_EXPR)
    {
      /* If the predicate is of the form VAR COMP LIMIT, then we just
         take LIMIT from the RHS and use the same comparison code.  */
      cond_code = TREE_CODE (cond);
      limit = TREE_OPERAND (cond, 1);
      op = TREE_OPERAND (cond, 0);
    }
  else
    {
      /* If the predicate is of the form LIMIT COMP VAR, then we need
         to flip around the comparison code to create the proper range
         for VAR.  */
      cond_code = swap_tree_comparison (TREE_CODE (cond));
      limit = TREE_OPERAND (cond, 0);
      op = TREE_OPERAND (cond, 1);
    }
  extract_range_for_var_from_comparison_expr (var, cond_code, op,
                                              limit, vr_p);
}

/* Extract range information from SSA name VAR and store it in VR.  If
   VAR has an interesting range, use it.  Otherwise, create the
   range [VAR, VAR] and return it.  This is useful in situations where
   we may have conditionals testing values of VARYING names.  For
   instance,

        x_3 = y_5;
        if (x_3 > y_5)
          ...

    Even if y_5 is deemed VARYING, we can determine that x_3 > y_5 is
    always false.  */

static void
extract_range_from_ssa_name (value_range *vr, tree var)
{
  value_range *var_vr = get_value_range (var);

  if (var_vr->type != VR_VARYING)
    copy_value_range (vr, var_vr);
  else
    set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, var, var, NULL);

  add_equivalence (&vr->equiv, var);
}


/* Wrapper around int_const_binop.  If the operation overflows and
   overflow is undefined, then adjust the result to be
   -INF or +INF depending on CODE, VAL1 and VAL2.  Sets *OVERFLOW_P
   to whether the operation overflowed.  For division by zero
   the result is indeterminate but *OVERFLOW_P is set.  */

static wide_int
vrp_int_const_binop (enum tree_code code, tree val1, tree val2,
                     bool *overflow_p)
{
  bool overflow = false;
  signop sign = TYPE_SIGN (TREE_TYPE (val1));
  wide_int res;

  *overflow_p = false;

  switch (code)
    {
    case RSHIFT_EXPR:
    case LSHIFT_EXPR:
      {
        wide_int wval2 = wi::to_wide (val2, TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (val1)));
        if (wi::neg_p (wval2))
          {
            wval2 = -wval2;
            if (code == RSHIFT_EXPR)
              code = LSHIFT_EXPR;
            else
              code = RSHIFT_EXPR;
          }

        if (code == RSHIFT_EXPR)
          /* It's unclear from the C standard whether shifts can overflow.
             The following code ignores overflow; perhaps a C standard
             interpretation ruling is needed.  */
          res = wi::rshift (val1, wval2, sign);
        else
          res = wi::lshift (val1, wval2);
        break;
      }

    case MULT_EXPR:
      res = wi::mul (val1, val2, sign, &overflow);
      break;

    case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
    case EXACT_DIV_EXPR:
      if (val2 == 0)
        {
          *overflow_p = true;
          return res;
        }
      else
        res = wi::div_trunc (val1, val2, sign, &overflow);
      break;

    case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
      if (val2 == 0)
        {
          *overflow_p = true;
          return res;
        }
      res = wi::div_floor (val1, val2, sign, &overflow);
      break;

    case CEIL_DIV_EXPR:
      if (val2 == 0)
        {
          *overflow_p = true;
          return res;
        }
      res = wi::div_ceil (val1, val2, sign, &overflow);
      break;

    case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
      if (val2 == 0)
        {
          *overflow_p = 0;
          return res;
        }
      res = wi::div_round (val1, val2, sign, &overflow);
      break;

    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }

  if (overflow
      && TYPE_OVERFLOW_UNDEFINED (TREE_TYPE (val1)))
    {
      /* If the operation overflowed return -INF or +INF depending
         on the operation and the combination of signs of the operands.  */
      int sgn1 = tree_int_cst_sgn (val1);
      int sgn2 = tree_int_cst_sgn (val2);

      /* Notice that we only need to handle the restricted set of
         operations handled by extract_range_from_binary_expr.
         Among them, only multiplication, addition and subtraction
         can yield overflow without overflown operands because we
         are working with integral types only... except in the
         case VAL1 = -INF and VAL2 = -1 which overflows to +INF
         for division too.  */

      /* For multiplication, the sign of the overflow is given
         by the comparison of the signs of the operands.  */
      if ((code == MULT_EXPR && sgn1 == sgn2)
          /* For addition, the operands must be of the same sign
             to yield an overflow.  Its sign is therefore that
             of one of the operands, for example the first.  */
          || (code == PLUS_EXPR && sgn1 >= 0)
          /* For subtraction, operands must be of
             different signs to yield an overflow.  Its sign is
             therefore that of the first operand or the opposite of
             that of the second operand.  A first operand of 0 counts
             as positive here, for the corner case 0 - (-INF), which
             overflows, but must yield +INF.  */
          || (code == MINUS_EXPR && sgn1 >= 0)
          /* For division, the only case is -INF / -1 = +INF.  */
          || code == TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
          || code == FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
          || code == CEIL_DIV_EXPR
          || code == EXACT_DIV_EXPR
          || code == ROUND_DIV_EXPR)
        return wi::max_value (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (val1)),
                              TYPE_SIGN (TREE_TYPE (val1)));
      else
        return wi::min_value (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (val1)),
                              TYPE_SIGN (TREE_TYPE (val1)));
    }

  *overflow_p = overflow;

  return res;
}


/* For range VR compute two wide_int bitmasks.  In *MAY_BE_NONZERO
   bitmask if some bit is unset, it means for all numbers in the range
   the bit is 0, otherwise it might be 0 or 1.  In *MUST_BE_NONZERO
   bitmask if some bit is set, it means for all numbers in the range
   the bit is 1, otherwise it might be 0 or 1.  */

static bool
zero_nonzero_bits_from_vr (const tree expr_type,
                           value_range *vr,
                           wide_int *may_be_nonzero,
                           wide_int *must_be_nonzero)
{
  *may_be_nonzero = wi::minus_one (TYPE_PRECISION (expr_type));
  *must_be_nonzero = wi::zero (TYPE_PRECISION (expr_type));
  if (!range_int_cst_p (vr))
    return false;

  if (range_int_cst_singleton_p (vr))
    {
      *may_be_nonzero = vr->min;
      *must_be_nonzero = *may_be_nonzero;
    }
  else if (tree_int_cst_sgn (vr->min) >= 0
           || tree_int_cst_sgn (vr->max) < 0)
    {
      wide_int xor_mask = wi::bit_xor (vr->min, vr->max);
      *may_be_nonzero = wi::bit_or (vr->min, vr->max);
      *must_be_nonzero = wi::bit_and (vr->min, vr->max);
      if (xor_mask != 0)
        {
          wide_int mask = wi::mask (wi::floor_log2 (xor_mask), false,
                                    may_be_nonzero->get_precision ());
          *may_be_nonzero = *may_be_nonzero | mask;
          *must_be_nonzero = must_be_nonzero->and_not (mask);
        }
    }

  return true;
}

/* Create two value-ranges in *VR0 and *VR1 from the anti-range *AR
   so that *VR0 U *VR1 == *AR.  Returns true if that is possible,
   false otherwise.  If *AR can be represented with a single range
   *VR1 will be VR_UNDEFINED.  */

static bool
ranges_from_anti_range (value_range *ar,
                        value_range *vr0, value_range *vr1)
{
  tree type = TREE_TYPE (ar->min);

  vr0->type = VR_UNDEFINED;
  vr1->type = VR_UNDEFINED;

  if (ar->type != VR_ANTI_RANGE
      || TREE_CODE (ar->min) != INTEGER_CST
      || TREE_CODE (ar->max) != INTEGER_CST
      || !vrp_val_min (type)
      || !vrp_val_max (type))
    return false;

  if (!vrp_val_is_min (ar->min))
    {
      vr0->type = VR_RANGE;
      vr0->min = vrp_val_min (type);
      vr0->max = wide_int_to_tree (type, wi::sub (ar->min, 1));
    }
  if (!vrp_val_is_max (ar->max))
    {
      vr1->type = VR_RANGE;
      vr1->min = wide_int_to_tree (type, wi::add (ar->max, 1));
      vr1->max = vrp_val_max (type);
    }
  if (vr0->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    {
      *vr0 = *vr1;
      vr1->type = VR_UNDEFINED;
    }

  return vr0->type != VR_UNDEFINED;
}

/* Helper to extract a value-range *VR for a multiplicative operation
   *VR0 CODE *VR1.  */

static void
extract_range_from_multiplicative_op_1 (value_range *vr,
                                        enum tree_code code,
                                        value_range *vr0, value_range *vr1)
{
  enum value_range_type rtype;
  wide_int val, min, max;
  bool sop;
  tree type;

  /* Multiplications, divisions and shifts are a bit tricky to handle,
     depending on the mix of signs we have in the two ranges, we
     need to operate on different values to get the minimum and
     maximum values for the new range.  One approach is to figure
     out all the variations of range combinations and do the
     operations.

     However, this involves several calls to compare_values and it
     is pretty convoluted.  It's simpler to do the 4 operations
     (MIN0 OP MIN1, MIN0 OP MAX1, MAX0 OP MIN1 and MAX0 OP MAX0 OP
     MAX1) and then figure the smallest and largest values to form
     the new range.  */
  gcc_assert (code == MULT_EXPR
              || code == TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
              || code == FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
              || code == CEIL_DIV_EXPR
              || code == EXACT_DIV_EXPR
              || code == ROUND_DIV_EXPR
              || code == RSHIFT_EXPR
              || code == LSHIFT_EXPR);
  gcc_assert (vr0->type == VR_RANGE
              && vr0->type == vr1->type);

  rtype = vr0->type;
  type = TREE_TYPE (vr0->min);
  signop sgn = TYPE_SIGN (type);

  /* Compute the 4 cross operations and their minimum and maximum value.  */
  sop = false;
  val = vrp_int_const_binop (code, vr0->min, vr1->min, &sop);
  if (! sop)
    min = max = val;

  if (vr1->max == vr1->min)
    ;
  else if (! sop)
    {
      val = vrp_int_const_binop (code, vr0->min, vr1->max, &sop);
      if (! sop)
        {
          if (wi::lt_p (val, min, sgn))
            min = val;
          else if (wi::gt_p (val, max, sgn))
            max = val;
        }
    }

  if (vr0->max == vr0->min)
    ;
  else if (! sop)
    {
      val = vrp_int_const_binop (code, vr0->max, vr1->min, &sop);
      if (! sop)
        {
          if (wi::lt_p (val, min, sgn))
            min = val;
          else if (wi::gt_p (val, max, sgn))
            max = val;
        }
    }

  if (vr0->min == vr0->max || vr1->min == vr1->max)
    ;
  else if (! sop)
    {
      val = vrp_int_const_binop (code, vr0->max, vr1->max, &sop);
      if (! sop)
        {
          if (wi::lt_p (val, min, sgn))
            min = val;
          else if (wi::gt_p (val, max, sgn))
            max = val;
        }
    }

  /* If either operation overflowed, drop to VARYING.  */
  if (sop)
    {
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
      return;
    }

  /* If the new range has its limits swapped around (MIN > MAX),
     then the operation caused one of them to wrap around, mark
     the new range VARYING.  */
  if (wi::gt_p (min, max, sgn))
    {
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
      return;
    }

  /* We punt for [-INF, +INF].
     We learn nothing when we have INF on both sides.
     Note that we do accept [-INF, -INF] and [+INF, +INF].  */
  if (wi::eq_p (min, wi::min_value (TYPE_PRECISION (type), sgn))
      && wi::eq_p (max, wi::max_value (TYPE_PRECISION (type), sgn)))
    {
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
      return;
    }

  set_value_range (vr, rtype,
                   wide_int_to_tree (type, min),
                   wide_int_to_tree (type, max), NULL);
}

/* Extract range information from a binary operation CODE based on
   the ranges of each of its operands *VR0 and *VR1 with resulting
   type EXPR_TYPE.  The resulting range is stored in *VR.  */

static void
extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (value_range *vr,
                                  enum tree_code code, tree expr_type,
                                  value_range *vr0_, value_range *vr1_)
{
  value_range vr0 = *vr0_, vr1 = *vr1_;
  value_range vrtem0 = VR_INITIALIZER, vrtem1 = VR_INITIALIZER;
  enum value_range_type type;
  tree min = NULL_TREE, max = NULL_TREE;
  int cmp;

  if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (expr_type)
      && !POINTER_TYPE_P (expr_type))
    {
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
      return;
    }

  /* Not all binary expressions can be applied to ranges in a
     meaningful way.  Handle only arithmetic operations.  */
  if (code != PLUS_EXPR
      && code != MINUS_EXPR
      && code != POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
      && code != MULT_EXPR
      && code != TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
      && code != FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
      && code != CEIL_DIV_EXPR
      && code != EXACT_DIV_EXPR
      && code != ROUND_DIV_EXPR
      && code != TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
      && code != RSHIFT_EXPR
      && code != LSHIFT_EXPR
      && code != MIN_EXPR
      && code != MAX_EXPR
      && code != BIT_AND_EXPR
      && code != BIT_IOR_EXPR
      && code != BIT_XOR_EXPR)
    {
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
      return;
    }

  /* If both ranges are UNDEFINED, so is the result.  */
  if (vr0.type == VR_UNDEFINED && vr1.type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    {
      set_value_range_to_undefined (vr);
      return;
    }
  /* If one of the ranges is UNDEFINED drop it to VARYING for the following
     code.  At some point we may want to special-case operations that
     have UNDEFINED result for all or some value-ranges of the not UNDEFINED
     operand.  */
  else if (vr0.type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr0);
  else if (vr1.type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr1);

  /* We get imprecise results from ranges_from_anti_range when
     code is EXACT_DIV_EXPR.  We could mask out bits in the resulting
     range, but then we also need to hack up vrp_meet.  It's just
     easier to special case when vr0 is ~[0,0] for EXACT_DIV_EXPR.  */
  if (code == EXACT_DIV_EXPR
      && vr0.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
      && vr0.min == vr0.max
      && integer_zerop (vr0.min))
    {
      set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr, expr_type);
      return;
    }

  /* Now canonicalize anti-ranges to ranges when they are not symbolic
     and express ~[] op X as ([]' op X) U ([]'' op X).  */
  if (vr0.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
      && ranges_from_anti_range (&vr0, &vrtem0, &vrtem1))
    {
      extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (vr, code, expr_type, &vrtem0, vr1_);
      if (vrtem1.type != VR_UNDEFINED)
        {
          value_range vrres = VR_INITIALIZER;
          extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (&vrres, code, expr_type,
                                            &vrtem1, vr1_);
          vrp_meet (vr, &vrres);
        }
      return;
    }
  /* Likewise for X op ~[].  */
  if (vr1.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
      && ranges_from_anti_range (&vr1, &vrtem0, &vrtem1))
    {
      extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (vr, code, expr_type, vr0_, &vrtem0);
      if (vrtem1.type != VR_UNDEFINED)
        {
          value_range vrres = VR_INITIALIZER;
          extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (&vrres, code, expr_type,
                                            vr0_, &vrtem1);
          vrp_meet (vr, &vrres);
        }
      return;
    }

  /* The type of the resulting value range defaults to VR0.TYPE.  */
  type = vr0.type;

  /* Refuse to operate on VARYING ranges, ranges of different kinds
     and symbolic ranges.  As an exception, we allow BIT_{AND,IOR}
     because we may be able to derive a useful range even if one of
     the operands is VR_VARYING or symbolic range.  Similarly for
     divisions, MIN/MAX and PLUS/MINUS.

     TODO, we may be able to derive anti-ranges in some cases.  */
  if (code != BIT_AND_EXPR
      && code != BIT_IOR_EXPR
      && code != TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
      && code != FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
      && code != CEIL_DIV_EXPR
      && code != EXACT_DIV_EXPR
      && code != ROUND_DIV_EXPR
      && code != TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
      && code != MIN_EXPR
      && code != MAX_EXPR
      && code != PLUS_EXPR
      && code != MINUS_EXPR
      && code != RSHIFT_EXPR
      && (vr0.type == VR_VARYING
          || vr1.type == VR_VARYING
          || vr0.type != vr1.type
          || symbolic_range_p (&vr0)
          || symbolic_range_p (&vr1)))
    {
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
      return;
    }

  /* Now evaluate the expression to determine the new range.  */
  if (POINTER_TYPE_P (expr_type))
    {
      if (code == MIN_EXPR || code == MAX_EXPR)
        {
          /* For MIN/MAX expressions with pointers, we only care about
             nullness, if both are non null, then the result is nonnull.
             If both are null, then the result is null. Otherwise they
             are varying.  */
          if (range_is_nonnull (&vr0) && range_is_nonnull (&vr1))
            set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr, expr_type);
          else if (range_is_null (&vr0) && range_is_null (&vr1))
            set_value_range_to_null (vr, expr_type);
          else
            set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
        }
      else if (code == POINTER_PLUS_EXPR)
        {
          /* For pointer types, we are really only interested in asserting
             whether the expression evaluates to non-NULL.  */
          if (range_is_nonnull (&vr0) || range_is_nonnull (&vr1))
            set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr, expr_type);
          else if (range_is_null (&vr0) && range_is_null (&vr1))
            set_value_range_to_null (vr, expr_type);
          else
            set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
        }
      else if (code == BIT_AND_EXPR)
        {
          /* For pointer types, we are really only interested in asserting
             whether the expression evaluates to non-NULL.  */
          if (range_is_nonnull (&vr0) && range_is_nonnull (&vr1))
            set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr, expr_type);
          else if (range_is_null (&vr0) || range_is_null (&vr1))
            set_value_range_to_null (vr, expr_type);
          else
            set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
        }
      else
        set_value_range_to_varying (vr);

      return;
    }

  /* For integer ranges, apply the operation to each end of the
     range and see what we end up with.  */
  if (code == PLUS_EXPR || code == MINUS_EXPR)
    {
      const bool minus_p = (code == MINUS_EXPR);
      tree min_op0 = vr0.min;
      tree min_op1 = minus_p ? vr1.max : vr1.min;
      tree max_op0 = vr0.max;
      tree max_op1 = minus_p ? vr1.min : vr1.max;
      tree sym_min_op0 = NULL_TREE;
      tree sym_min_op1 = NULL_TREE;
      tree sym_max_op0 = NULL_TREE;
      tree sym_max_op1 = NULL_TREE;
      bool neg_min_op0, neg_min_op1, neg_max_op0, neg_max_op1;

      /* If we have a PLUS or MINUS with two VR_RANGEs, either constant or
         single-symbolic ranges, try to compute the precise resulting range,
         but only if we know that this resulting range will also be constant
         or single-symbolic.  */
      if (vr0.type == VR_RANGE && vr1.type == VR_RANGE
          && (TREE_CODE (min_op0) == INTEGER_CST
              || (sym_min_op0
                  = get_single_symbol (min_op0, &neg_min_op0, &min_op0)))
          && (TREE_CODE (min_op1) == INTEGER_CST
              || (sym_min_op1
                  = get_single_symbol (min_op1, &neg_min_op1, &min_op1)))
          && (!(sym_min_op0 && sym_min_op1)
              || (sym_min_op0 == sym_min_op1
                  && neg_min_op0 == (minus_p ? neg_min_op1 : !neg_min_op1)))
          && (TREE_CODE (max_op0) == INTEGER_CST
              || (sym_max_op0
                  = get_single_symbol (max_op0, &neg_max_op0, &max_op0)))
          && (TREE_CODE (max_op1) == INTEGER_CST
              || (sym_max_op1
                  = get_single_symbol (max_op1, &neg_max_op1, &max_op1)))
          && (!(sym_max_op0 && sym_max_op1)
              || (sym_max_op0 == sym_max_op1
                  && neg_max_op0 == (minus_p ? neg_max_op1 : !neg_max_op1))))
        {
          const signop sgn = TYPE_SIGN (expr_type);
          const unsigned int prec = TYPE_PRECISION (expr_type);
          wide_int type_min, type_max, wmin, wmax;
          int min_ovf = 0;
          int max_ovf = 0;

          /* Get the lower and upper bounds of the type.  */
          if (TYPE_OVERFLOW_WRAPS (expr_type))
            {
              type_min = wi::min_value (prec, sgn);
              type_max = wi::max_value (prec, sgn);
            }
          else
            {
              type_min = vrp_val_min (expr_type);
              type_max = vrp_val_max (expr_type);
            }

          /* Combine the lower bounds, if any.  */
          if (min_op0 && min_op1)
            {
              if (minus_p)
                {
                  wmin = wi::sub (min_op0, min_op1);

                  /* Check for overflow.  */
                  if (wi::cmp (0, min_op1, sgn)
                      != wi::cmp (wmin, min_op0, sgn))
                    min_ovf = wi::cmp (min_op0, min_op1, sgn);
                }
              else
                {
                  wmin = wi::add (min_op0, min_op1);

                  /* Check for overflow.  */
                  if (wi::cmp (min_op1, 0, sgn)
                      != wi::cmp (wmin, min_op0, sgn))
                    min_ovf = wi::cmp (min_op0, wmin, sgn);
                }
            }
          else if (min_op0)
            wmin = min_op0;
          else if (min_op1)
            {
              if (minus_p)
                {
                  wmin = wi::neg (min_op1);

                  /* Check for overflow.  */
                  if (sgn == SIGNED && wi::neg_p (min_op1) && wi::neg_p (wmin))
                    min_ovf = 1;
                  else if (sgn == UNSIGNED && wi::ne_p (min_op1, 0))
                    min_ovf = -1;
                }
              else
                wmin = min_op1;
            }
          else
            wmin = wi::shwi (0, prec);

          /* Combine the upper bounds, if any.  */
          if (max_op0 && max_op1)
            {
              if (minus_p)
                {
                  wmax = wi::sub (max_op0, max_op1);

                  /* Check for overflow.  */
                  if (wi::cmp (0, max_op1, sgn)
                      != wi::cmp (wmax, max_op0, sgn))
                    max_ovf = wi::cmp (max_op0, max_op1, sgn);
                }
              else
                {
                  wmax = wi::add (max_op0, max_op1);

                  if (wi::cmp (max_op1, 0, sgn)
                      != wi::cmp (wmax, max_op0, sgn))
                    max_ovf = wi::cmp (max_op0, wmax, sgn);
                }
            }
          else if (max_op0)
            wmax = max_op0;
          else if (max_op1)
            {
              if (minus_p)
                {
                  wmax = wi::neg (max_op1);

                  /* Check for overflow.  */
                  if (sgn == SIGNED && wi::neg_p (max_op1) && wi::neg_p (wmax))
                    max_ovf = 1;
                  else if (sgn == UNSIGNED && wi::ne_p (max_op1, 0))
                    max_ovf = -1;
                }
              else
                wmax = max_op1;
            }
          else
            wmax = wi::shwi (0, prec);

          /* Check for type overflow.  */
          if (min_ovf == 0)
            {
              if (wi::cmp (wmin, type_min, sgn) == -1)
                min_ovf = -1;
              else if (wi::cmp (wmin, type_max, sgn) == 1)
                min_ovf = 1;
            }
          if (max_ovf == 0)
            {
              if (wi::cmp (wmax, type_min, sgn) == -1)
                max_ovf = -1;
              else if (wi::cmp (wmax, type_max, sgn) == 1)
                max_ovf = 1;
            }

          /* If we have overflow for the constant part and the resulting
             range will be symbolic, drop to VR_VARYING.  */
          if ((min_ovf && sym_min_op0 != sym_min_op1)
              || (max_ovf && sym_max_op0 != sym_max_op1))
            {
              set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
              return;
            }

          if (TYPE_OVERFLOW_WRAPS (expr_type))
            {
              /* If overflow wraps, truncate the values and adjust the
                 range kind and bounds appropriately.  */
              wide_int tmin = wide_int::from (wmin, prec, sgn);
              wide_int tmax = wide_int::from (wmax, prec, sgn);
              if (min_ovf == max_ovf)
                {
                  /* No overflow or both overflow or underflow.  The
                     range kind stays VR_RANGE.  */
                  min = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, tmin);
                  max = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, tmax);
                }
              else if ((min_ovf == -1 && max_ovf == 0)
                       || (max_ovf == 1 && min_ovf == 0))
                {
                  /* Min underflow or max overflow.  The range kind
                     changes to VR_ANTI_RANGE.  */
                  bool covers = false;
                  wide_int tem = tmin;
                  type = VR_ANTI_RANGE;
                  tmin = tmax + 1;
                  if (wi::cmp (tmin, tmax, sgn) < 0)
                    covers = true;
                  tmax = tem - 1;
                  if (wi::cmp (tmax, tem, sgn) > 0)
                    covers = true;
                  /* If the anti-range would cover nothing, drop to varying.
                     Likewise if the anti-range bounds are outside of the
                     types values.  */
                  if (covers || wi::cmp (tmin, tmax, sgn) > 0)
                    {
                      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
                      return;
                    }
                  min = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, tmin);
                  max = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, tmax);
                }
              else
                {
                  /* Other underflow and/or overflow, drop to VR_VARYING.  */
                  set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
                  return;
                }
            }
          else
            {
              /* If overflow does not wrap, saturate to the types min/max
                 value.  */
              if (min_ovf == -1)
                min = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, type_min);
              else if (min_ovf == 1)
                min = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, type_max);
              else
                min = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, wmin);

              if (max_ovf == -1)
                max = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, type_min);
              else if (max_ovf == 1)
                max = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, type_max);
              else
                max = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, wmax);
            }

          /* If the result lower bound is constant, we're done;
             otherwise, build the symbolic lower bound.  */
          if (sym_min_op0 == sym_min_op1)
            ;
          else if (sym_min_op0)
            min = build_symbolic_expr (expr_type, sym_min_op0,
                                       neg_min_op0, min);
          else if (sym_min_op1)
            {
              /* We may not negate if that might introduce
                 undefined overflow.  */
              if (! minus_p
                  || neg_min_op1
                  || TYPE_OVERFLOW_WRAPS (expr_type))
                min = build_symbolic_expr (expr_type, sym_min_op1,
                                           neg_min_op1 ^ minus_p, min);
              else
                min = NULL_TREE;
            }

          /* Likewise for the upper bound.  */
          if (sym_max_op0 == sym_max_op1)
            ;
          else if (sym_max_op0)
            max = build_symbolic_expr (expr_type, sym_max_op0,
                                       neg_max_op0, max);
          else if (sym_max_op1)
            {
              /* We may not negate if that might introduce
                 undefined overflow.  */
              if (! minus_p
                  || neg_max_op1
                  || TYPE_OVERFLOW_WRAPS (expr_type))
                max = build_symbolic_expr (expr_type, sym_max_op1,
                                           neg_max_op1 ^ minus_p, max);
              else
                max = NULL_TREE;
            }
        }
      else
        {
          /* For other cases, for example if we have a PLUS_EXPR with two
             VR_ANTI_RANGEs, drop to VR_VARYING.  It would take more effort
             to compute a precise range for such a case.
             ???  General even mixed range kind operations can be expressed
             by for example transforming ~[3, 5] + [1, 2] to range-only
             operations and a union primitive:
               [-INF, 2] + [1, 2]  U  [5, +INF] + [1, 2]
                   [-INF+1, 4]     U    [6, +INF(OVF)]
             though usually the union is not exactly representable with
             a single range or anti-range as the above is
                 [-INF+1, +INF(OVF)] intersected with ~[5, 5]
             but one could use a scheme similar to equivalences for this. */
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
          return;
        }
    }
  else if (code == MIN_EXPR
           || code == MAX_EXPR)
    {
      if (vr0.type == VR_RANGE
          && !symbolic_range_p (&vr0))
        {
          type = VR_RANGE;
          if (vr1.type == VR_RANGE
              && !symbolic_range_p (&vr1))
            {
              /* For operations that make the resulting range directly
                 proportional to the original ranges, apply the operation to
                 the same end of each range.  */
              min = int_const_binop (code, vr0.min, vr1.min);
              max = int_const_binop (code, vr0.max, vr1.max);
            }
          else if (code == MIN_EXPR)
            {
              min = vrp_val_min (expr_type);
              max = vr0.max;
            }
          else if (code == MAX_EXPR)
            {
              min = vr0.min;
              max = vrp_val_max (expr_type);
            }
        }
      else if (vr1.type == VR_RANGE
               && !symbolic_range_p (&vr1))
        {
          type = VR_RANGE;
          if (code == MIN_EXPR)
            {
              min = vrp_val_min (expr_type);
              max = vr1.max;
            }
          else if (code == MAX_EXPR)
            {
              min = vr1.min;
              max = vrp_val_max (expr_type);
            }
        }
      else
        {
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
          return;
        }
    }
  else if (code == MULT_EXPR)
    {
      /* Fancy code so that with unsigned, [-3,-1]*[-3,-1] does not
         drop to varying.  This test requires 2*prec bits if both
         operands are signed and 2*prec + 2 bits if either is not.  */

      signop sign = TYPE_SIGN (expr_type);
      unsigned int prec = TYPE_PRECISION (expr_type);

      if (!range_int_cst_p (&vr0)
          || !range_int_cst_p (&vr1))
        {
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
          return;
        }

      if (TYPE_OVERFLOW_WRAPS (expr_type))
        {
          typedef FIXED_WIDE_INT (WIDE_INT_MAX_PRECISION * 2) vrp_int;
          typedef generic_wide_int
             <wi::extended_tree <WIDE_INT_MAX_PRECISION * 2> > vrp_int_cst;
          vrp_int sizem1 = wi::mask <vrp_int> (prec, false);
          vrp_int size = sizem1 + 1;

          /* Extend the values using the sign of the result to PREC2.
             From here on out, everthing is just signed math no matter
             what the input types were.  */
          vrp_int min0 = vrp_int_cst (vr0.min);
          vrp_int max0 = vrp_int_cst (vr0.max);
          vrp_int min1 = vrp_int_cst (vr1.min);
          vrp_int max1 = vrp_int_cst (vr1.max);
          /* Canonicalize the intervals.  */
          if (sign == UNSIGNED)
            {
              if (wi::ltu_p (size, min0 + max0))
                {
                  min0 -= size;
                  max0 -= size;
                }

              if (wi::ltu_p (size, min1 + max1))
                {
                  min1 -= size;
                  max1 -= size;
                }
            }

          vrp_int prod0 = min0 * min1;
          vrp_int prod1 = min0 * max1;
          vrp_int prod2 = max0 * min1;
          vrp_int prod3 = max0 * max1;

          /* Sort the 4 products so that min is in prod0 and max is in
             prod3.  */
          /* min0min1 > max0max1 */
          if (prod0 > prod3)
            std::swap (prod0, prod3);

          /* min0max1 > max0min1 */
          if (prod1 > prod2)
            std::swap (prod1, prod2);

          if (prod0 > prod1)
            std::swap (prod0, prod1);

          if (prod2 > prod3)
            std::swap (prod2, prod3);

          /* diff = max - min.  */
          prod2 = prod3 - prod0;
          if (wi::geu_p (prod2, sizem1))
            {
              /* the range covers all values.  */
              set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
              return;
            }

          /* The following should handle the wrapping and selecting
             VR_ANTI_RANGE for us.  */
          min = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, prod0);
          max = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, prod3);
          set_and_canonicalize_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, min, max, NULL);
          return;
        }

      /* If we have an unsigned MULT_EXPR with two VR_ANTI_RANGEs,
         drop to VR_VARYING.  It would take more effort to compute a
         precise range for such a case.  For example, if we have
         op0 == 65536 and op1 == 65536 with their ranges both being
         ~[0,0] on a 32-bit machine, we would have op0 * op1 == 0, so
         we cannot claim that the product is in ~[0,0].  Note that we
         are guaranteed to have vr0.type == vr1.type at this
         point.  */
      if (vr0.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
          && !TYPE_OVERFLOW_UNDEFINED (expr_type))
        {
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
          return;
        }

      extract_range_from_multiplicative_op_1 (vr, code, &vr0, &vr1);
      return;
    }
  else if (code == RSHIFT_EXPR
           || code == LSHIFT_EXPR)
    {
      /* If we have a RSHIFT_EXPR with any shift values outside [0..prec-1],
         then drop to VR_VARYING.  Outside of this range we get undefined
         behavior from the shift operation.  We cannot even trust
         SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED at this stage, because that applies to rtl
         shifts, and the operation at the tree level may be widened.  */
      if (range_int_cst_p (&vr1)
          && compare_tree_int (vr1.min, 0) >= 0
          && compare_tree_int (vr1.max, TYPE_PRECISION (expr_type)) == -1)
        {
          if (code == RSHIFT_EXPR)
            {
              /* Even if vr0 is VARYING or otherwise not usable, we can derive
                 useful ranges just from the shift count.  E.g.
                 x >> 63 for signed 64-bit x is always [-1, 0].  */
              if (vr0.type != VR_RANGE || symbolic_range_p (&vr0))
                {
                  vr0.type = type = VR_RANGE;
                  vr0.min = vrp_val_min (expr_type);
                  vr0.max = vrp_val_max (expr_type);
                }
              extract_range_from_multiplicative_op_1 (vr, code, &vr0, &vr1);
              return;
            }
          /* We can map lshifts by constants to MULT_EXPR handling.  */
          else if (code == LSHIFT_EXPR
                   && range_int_cst_singleton_p (&vr1))
            {
              bool saved_flag_wrapv;
              value_range vr1p = VR_INITIALIZER;
              vr1p.type = VR_RANGE;
              vr1p.min = (wide_int_to_tree
                          (expr_type,
                           wi::set_bit_in_zero (tree_to_shwi (vr1.min),
                                                TYPE_PRECISION (expr_type))));
              vr1p.max = vr1p.min;
              /* We have to use a wrapping multiply though as signed overflow
                 on lshifts is implementation defined in C89.  */
              saved_flag_wrapv = flag_wrapv;
              flag_wrapv = 1;
              extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (vr, MULT_EXPR, expr_type,
                                                &vr0, &vr1p);
              flag_wrapv = saved_flag_wrapv;
              return;
            }
          else if (code == LSHIFT_EXPR
                   && range_int_cst_p (&vr0))
            {
              int prec = TYPE_PRECISION (expr_type);
              int overflow_pos = prec;
              int bound_shift;
              wide_int low_bound, high_bound;
              bool uns = TYPE_UNSIGNED (expr_type);
              bool in_bounds = false;

              if (!uns)
                overflow_pos -= 1;

              bound_shift = overflow_pos - tree_to_shwi (vr1.max);
              /* If bound_shift == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, the llshift can
                 overflow.  However, for that to happen, vr1.max needs to be
                 zero, which means vr1 is a singleton range of zero, which
                 means it should be handled by the previous LSHIFT_EXPR
                 if-clause.  */
              wide_int bound = wi::set_bit_in_zero (bound_shift, prec);
              wide_int complement = ~(bound - 1);

              if (uns)
                {
                  low_bound = bound;
                  high_bound = complement;
                  if (wi::ltu_p (vr0.max, low_bound))
                    {
                      /* [5, 6] << [1, 2] == [10, 24].  */
                      /* We're shifting out only zeroes, the value increases
                         monotonically.  */
                      in_bounds = true;
                    }
                  else if (wi::ltu_p (high_bound, vr0.min))
                    {
                      /* [0xffffff00, 0xffffffff] << [1, 2]
                         == [0xfffffc00, 0xfffffffe].  */
                      /* We're shifting out only ones, the value decreases
                         monotonically.  */
                      in_bounds = true;
                    }
                }
              else
                {
                  /* [-1, 1] << [1, 2] == [-4, 4].  */
                  low_bound = complement;
                  high_bound = bound;
                  if (wi::lts_p (vr0.max, high_bound)
                      && wi::lts_p (low_bound, vr0.min))
                    {
                      /* For non-negative numbers, we're shifting out only
                         zeroes, the value increases monotonically.
                         For negative numbers, we're shifting out only ones, the
                         value decreases monotomically.  */
                      in_bounds = true;
                    }
                }

              if (in_bounds)
                {
                  extract_range_from_multiplicative_op_1 (vr, code, &vr0, &vr1);
                  return;
                }
            }
        }
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
      return;
    }
  else if (code == TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
           || code == FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
           || code == CEIL_DIV_EXPR
           || code == EXACT_DIV_EXPR
           || code == ROUND_DIV_EXPR)
    {
      if (vr0.type != VR_RANGE || symbolic_range_p (&vr0))
        {
          /* For division, if op1 has VR_RANGE but op0 does not, something
             can be deduced just from that range.  Say [min, max] / [4, max]
             gives [min / 4, max / 4] range.  */
          if (vr1.type == VR_RANGE
              && !symbolic_range_p (&vr1)
              && range_includes_zero_p (vr1.min, vr1.max) == 0)
            {
              vr0.type = type = VR_RANGE;
              vr0.min = vrp_val_min (expr_type);
              vr0.max = vrp_val_max (expr_type);
            }
          else
            {
              set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
              return;
            }
        }

      /* For divisions, if flag_non_call_exceptions is true, we must
         not eliminate a division by zero.  */
      if (cfun->can_throw_non_call_exceptions
          && (vr1.type != VR_RANGE
              || range_includes_zero_p (vr1.min, vr1.max) != 0))
        {
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
          return;
        }

      /* For divisions, if op0 is VR_RANGE, we can deduce a range
         even if op1 is VR_VARYING, VR_ANTI_RANGE, symbolic or can
         include 0.  */
      if (vr0.type == VR_RANGE
          && (vr1.type != VR_RANGE
              || range_includes_zero_p (vr1.min, vr1.max) != 0))
        {
          tree zero = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr0.min), 0);
          int cmp;

          min = NULL_TREE;
          max = NULL_TREE;
          if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (expr_type)
              || value_range_nonnegative_p (&vr1))
            {
              /* For unsigned division or when divisor is known
                 to be non-negative, the range has to cover
                 all numbers from 0 to max for positive max
                 and all numbers from min to 0 for negative min.  */
              cmp = compare_values (vr0.max, zero);
              if (cmp == -1)
                {
                  /* When vr0.max < 0, vr1.min != 0 and value
                     ranges for dividend and divisor are available.  */
                  if (vr1.type == VR_RANGE
                      && !symbolic_range_p (&vr0)
                      && !symbolic_range_p (&vr1)
                      && compare_values (vr1.min, zero) != 0)
                    max = int_const_binop (code, vr0.max, vr1.min);
                  else
                    max = zero;
                }
              else if (cmp == 0 || cmp == 1)
                max = vr0.max;
              else
                type = VR_VARYING;
              cmp = compare_values (vr0.min, zero);
              if (cmp == 1)
                {
                  /* For unsigned division when value ranges for dividend
                     and divisor are available.  */
                  if (vr1.type == VR_RANGE
                      && !symbolic_range_p (&vr0)
                      && !symbolic_range_p (&vr1)
                      && compare_values (vr1.max, zero) != 0)
                    min = int_const_binop (code, vr0.min, vr1.max);
                  else
                    min = zero;
                }
              else if (cmp == 0 || cmp == -1)
                min = vr0.min;
              else
                type = VR_VARYING;
            }
          else
            {
              /* Otherwise the range is -max .. max or min .. -min
                 depending on which bound is bigger in absolute value,
                 as the division can change the sign.  */
              abs_extent_range (vr, vr0.min, vr0.max);
              return;
            }
          if (type == VR_VARYING)
            {
              set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
              return;
            }
        }
      else if (!symbolic_range_p (&vr0) && !symbolic_range_p (&vr1))
        {
          extract_range_from_multiplicative_op_1 (vr, code, &vr0, &vr1);
          return;
        }
    }
  else if (code == TRUNC_MOD_EXPR)
    {
      if (range_is_null (&vr1))
        {
          set_value_range_to_undefined (vr);
          return;
        }
      /* ABS (A % B) < ABS (B) and either
         0 <= A % B <= A or A <= A % B <= 0.  */
      type = VR_RANGE;
      signop sgn = TYPE_SIGN (expr_type);
      unsigned int prec = TYPE_PRECISION (expr_type);
      wide_int wmin, wmax, tmp;
      wide_int zero = wi::zero (prec);
      wide_int one = wi::one (prec);
      if (vr1.type == VR_RANGE && !symbolic_range_p (&vr1))
        {
          wmax = wi::sub (vr1.max, one);
          if (sgn == SIGNED)
            {
              tmp = wi::sub (wi::minus_one (prec), vr1.min);
              wmax = wi::smax (wmax, tmp);
            }
        }
      else
        {
          wmax = wi::max_value (prec, sgn);
          /* X % INT_MIN may be INT_MAX.  */
          if (sgn == UNSIGNED)
            wmax = wmax - one;
        }

      if (sgn == UNSIGNED)
        wmin = zero;
      else
        {
          wmin = -wmax;
          if (vr0.type == VR_RANGE && TREE_CODE (vr0.min) == INTEGER_CST)
            {
              tmp = vr0.min;
              if (wi::gts_p (tmp, zero))
                tmp = zero;
              wmin = wi::smax (wmin, tmp);
            }
        }

      if (vr0.type == VR_RANGE && TREE_CODE (vr0.max) == INTEGER_CST)
        {
          tmp = vr0.max;
          if (sgn == SIGNED && wi::neg_p (tmp))
            tmp = zero;
          wmax = wi::min (wmax, tmp, sgn);
        }

      min = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, wmin);
      max = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, wmax);
    }
  else if (code == BIT_AND_EXPR || code == BIT_IOR_EXPR || code == BIT_XOR_EXPR)
    {
      bool int_cst_range0, int_cst_range1;
      wide_int may_be_nonzero0, may_be_nonzero1;
      wide_int must_be_nonzero0, must_be_nonzero1;

      int_cst_range0 = zero_nonzero_bits_from_vr (expr_type, &vr0,
                                                  &may_be_nonzero0,
                                                  &must_be_nonzero0);
      int_cst_range1 = zero_nonzero_bits_from_vr (expr_type, &vr1,
                                                  &may_be_nonzero1,
                                                  &must_be_nonzero1);

      if (code == BIT_AND_EXPR || code == BIT_IOR_EXPR)
        {
          value_range *vr0p = NULL, *vr1p = NULL;
          if (range_int_cst_singleton_p (&vr1))
            {
              vr0p = &vr0;
              vr1p = &vr1;
            }
          else if (range_int_cst_singleton_p (&vr0))
            {
              vr0p = &vr1;
              vr1p = &vr0;
            }
          /* For op & or | attempt to optimize:
             [x, y] op z into [x op z, y op z]
             if z is a constant which (for op | its bitwise not) has n
             consecutive least significant bits cleared followed by m 1
             consecutive bits set immediately above it and either
             m + n == precision, or (x >> (m + n)) == (y >> (m + n)).
             The least significant n bits of all the values in the range are
             cleared or set, the m bits above it are preserved and any bits
             above these are required to be the same for all values in the
             range.  */
          if (vr0p && range_int_cst_p (vr0p))
            {
              wide_int w = vr1p->min;
              int m = 0, n = 0;
              if (code == BIT_IOR_EXPR)
                w = ~w;
              if (wi::eq_p (w, 0))
                n = TYPE_PRECISION (expr_type);
              else
                {
                  n = wi::ctz (w);
                  w = ~(w | wi::mask (n, false, w.get_precision ()));
                  if (wi::eq_p (w, 0))
                    m = TYPE_PRECISION (expr_type) - n;
                  else
                    m = wi::ctz (w) - n;
                }
              wide_int mask = wi::mask (m + n, true, w.get_precision ());
              if (wi::eq_p (mask & vr0p->min, mask & vr0p->max))
                {
                  min = int_const_binop (code, vr0p->min, vr1p->min);
                  max = int_const_binop (code, vr0p->max, vr1p->min);
                }
            }
        }

      type = VR_RANGE;
      if (min && max)
        /* Optimized above already.  */;
      else if (code == BIT_AND_EXPR)
        {
          min = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type,
                                  must_be_nonzero0 & must_be_nonzero1);
          wide_int wmax = may_be_nonzero0 & may_be_nonzero1;
          /* If both input ranges contain only negative values we can
             truncate the result range maximum to the minimum of the
             input range maxima.  */
          if (int_cst_range0 && int_cst_range1
              && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr0.max) < 0
              && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr1.max) < 0)
            {
              wmax = wi::min (wmax, vr0.max, TYPE_SIGN (expr_type));
              wmax = wi::min (wmax, vr1.max, TYPE_SIGN (expr_type));
            }
          /* If either input range contains only non-negative values
             we can truncate the result range maximum to the respective
             maximum of the input range.  */
          if (int_cst_range0 && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr0.min) >= 0)
            wmax = wi::min (wmax, vr0.max, TYPE_SIGN (expr_type));
          if (int_cst_range1 && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr1.min) >= 0)
            wmax = wi::min (wmax, vr1.max, TYPE_SIGN (expr_type));
          max = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, wmax);
          cmp = compare_values (min, max);
          /* PR68217: In case of signed & sign-bit-CST should
             result in [-INF, 0] instead of [-INF, INF].  */
          if (cmp == -2 || cmp == 1)
            {
              wide_int sign_bit
                = wi::set_bit_in_zero (TYPE_PRECISION (expr_type) - 1,
                                       TYPE_PRECISION (expr_type));
              if (!TYPE_UNSIGNED (expr_type)
                  && ((int_cst_range0
                       && value_range_constant_singleton (&vr0)
                       && !wi::cmps (vr0.min, sign_bit))
                      || (int_cst_range1
                          && value_range_constant_singleton (&vr1)
                          && !wi::cmps (vr1.min, sign_bit))))
                {
                  min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (expr_type);
                  max = build_int_cst (expr_type, 0);
                }
            }
        }
      else if (code == BIT_IOR_EXPR)
        {
          max = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type,
                                  may_be_nonzero0 | may_be_nonzero1);
          wide_int wmin = must_be_nonzero0 | must_be_nonzero1;
          /* If the input ranges contain only positive values we can
             truncate the minimum of the result range to the maximum
             of the input range minima.  */
          if (int_cst_range0 && int_cst_range1
              && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr0.min) >= 0
              && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr1.min) >= 0)
            {
              wmin = wi::max (wmin, vr0.min, TYPE_SIGN (expr_type));
              wmin = wi::max (wmin, vr1.min, TYPE_SIGN (expr_type));
            }
          /* If either input range contains only negative values
             we can truncate the minimum of the result range to the
             respective minimum range.  */
          if (int_cst_range0 && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr0.max) < 0)
            wmin = wi::max (wmin, vr0.min, TYPE_SIGN (expr_type));
          if (int_cst_range1 && tree_int_cst_sgn (vr1.max) < 0)
            wmin = wi::max (wmin, vr1.min, TYPE_SIGN (expr_type));
          min = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, wmin);
        }
      else if (code == BIT_XOR_EXPR)
        {
          wide_int result_zero_bits = ((must_be_nonzero0 & must_be_nonzero1)
                                       | ~(may_be_nonzero0 | may_be_nonzero1));
          wide_int result_one_bits
            = (must_be_nonzero0.and_not (may_be_nonzero1)
               | must_be_nonzero1.and_not (may_be_nonzero0));
          max = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, ~result_zero_bits);
          min = wide_int_to_tree (expr_type, result_one_bits);
          /* If the range has all positive or all negative values the
             result is better than VARYING.  */
          if (tree_int_cst_sgn (min) < 0
              || tree_int_cst_sgn (max) >= 0)
            ;
          else
            max = min = NULL_TREE;
        }
    }
  else
    gcc_unreachable ();

  /* If either MIN or MAX overflowed, then set the resulting range to
     VARYING.  */
  if (min == NULL_TREE
      || TREE_OVERFLOW_P (min)
      || max == NULL_TREE
      || TREE_OVERFLOW_P (max))
    {
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
      return;
    }

  /* We punt for [-INF, +INF].
     We learn nothing when we have INF on both sides.
     Note that we do accept [-INF, -INF] and [+INF, +INF].  */
  if (vrp_val_is_min (min) && vrp_val_is_max (max))
    {
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
      return;
    }

  cmp = compare_values (min, max);
  if (cmp == -2 || cmp == 1)
    {
      /* If the new range has its limits swapped around (MIN > MAX),
         then the operation caused one of them to wrap around, mark
         the new range VARYING.  */
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
    }
  else
    set_value_range (vr, type, min, max, NULL);
}

/* Extract range information from a binary expression OP0 CODE OP1 based on
   the ranges of each of its operands with resulting type EXPR_TYPE.
   The resulting range is stored in *VR.  */

static void
extract_range_from_binary_expr (value_range *vr,
                                enum tree_code code,
                                tree expr_type, tree op0, tree op1)
{
  value_range vr0 = VR_INITIALIZER;
  value_range vr1 = VR_INITIALIZER;

  /* Get value ranges for each operand.  For constant operands, create
     a new value range with the operand to simplify processing.  */
  if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME)
    vr0 = *(get_value_range (op0));
  else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op0))
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr0, op0, NULL);
  else
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr0);

  if (TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME)
    vr1 = *(get_value_range (op1));
  else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op1))
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr1, op1, NULL);
  else
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr1);

  extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (vr, code, expr_type, &vr0, &vr1);

  /* Try harder for PLUS and MINUS if the range of one operand is symbolic
     and based on the other operand, for example if it was deduced from a
     symbolic comparison.  When a bound of the range of the first operand
     is invariant, we set the corresponding bound of the new range to INF
     in order to avoid recursing on the range of the second operand.  */
  if (vr->type == VR_VARYING
      && (code == PLUS_EXPR || code == MINUS_EXPR)
      && TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME
      && vr0.type == VR_RANGE
      && symbolic_range_based_on_p (&vr0, op1))
    {
      const bool minus_p = (code == MINUS_EXPR);
      value_range n_vr1 = VR_INITIALIZER;

      /* Try with VR0 and [-INF, OP1].  */
      if (is_gimple_min_invariant (minus_p ? vr0.max : vr0.min))
        set_value_range (&n_vr1, VR_RANGE, vrp_val_min (expr_type), op1, NULL);

      /* Try with VR0 and [OP1, +INF].  */
      else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (minus_p ? vr0.min : vr0.max))
        set_value_range (&n_vr1, VR_RANGE, op1, vrp_val_max (expr_type), NULL);

      /* Try with VR0 and [OP1, OP1].  */
      else
        set_value_range (&n_vr1, VR_RANGE, op1, op1, NULL);

      extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (vr, code, expr_type, &vr0, &n_vr1);
    }

  if (vr->type == VR_VARYING
      && (code == PLUS_EXPR || code == MINUS_EXPR)
      && TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME
      && vr1.type == VR_RANGE
      && symbolic_range_based_on_p (&vr1, op0))
    {
      const bool minus_p = (code == MINUS_EXPR);
      value_range n_vr0 = VR_INITIALIZER;

      /* Try with [-INF, OP0] and VR1.  */
      if (is_gimple_min_invariant (minus_p ? vr1.max : vr1.min))
        set_value_range (&n_vr0, VR_RANGE, vrp_val_min (expr_type), op0, NULL);

      /* Try with [OP0, +INF] and VR1.  */
      else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (minus_p ? vr1.min : vr1.max))
        set_value_range (&n_vr0, VR_RANGE, op0, vrp_val_max (expr_type), NULL);

      /* Try with [OP0, OP0] and VR1.  */
      else
        set_value_range (&n_vr0, VR_RANGE, op0, op0, NULL);

      extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (vr, code, expr_type, &n_vr0, &vr1);
    }

  /* If we didn't derive a range for MINUS_EXPR, and
     op1's range is ~[op0,op0] or vice-versa, then we
     can derive a non-null range.  This happens often for
     pointer subtraction.  */
  if (vr->type == VR_VARYING
      && code == MINUS_EXPR
      && TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME
      && ((vr0.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
           && vr0.min == op1
           && vr0.min == vr0.max)
          || (vr1.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
              && vr1.min == op0
              && vr1.min == vr1.max)))
      set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr, TREE_TYPE (op0));
}

/* Extract range information from a unary operation CODE based on
   the range of its operand *VR0 with type OP0_TYPE with resulting type TYPE.
   The resulting range is stored in *VR.  */

void
extract_range_from_unary_expr (value_range *vr,
                               enum tree_code code, tree type,
                               value_range *vr0_, tree op0_type)
{
  value_range vr0 = *vr0_, vrtem0 = VR_INITIALIZER, vrtem1 = VR_INITIALIZER;

  /* VRP only operates on integral and pointer types.  */
  if (!(INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (op0_type)
        || POINTER_TYPE_P (op0_type))
      || !(INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type)
           || POINTER_TYPE_P (type)))
    {
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
      return;
    }

  /* If VR0 is UNDEFINED, so is the result.  */
  if (vr0.type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    {
      set_value_range_to_undefined (vr);
      return;
    }

  /* Handle operations that we express in terms of others.  */
  if (code == PAREN_EXPR || code == OBJ_TYPE_REF)
    {
      /* PAREN_EXPR and OBJ_TYPE_REF are simple copies.  */
      copy_value_range (vr, &vr0);
      return;
    }
  else if (code == NEGATE_EXPR)
    {
      /* -X is simply 0 - X, so re-use existing code that also handles
         anti-ranges fine.  */
      value_range zero = VR_INITIALIZER;
      set_value_range_to_value (&zero, build_int_cst (type, 0), NULL);
      extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (vr, MINUS_EXPR, type, &zero, &vr0);
      return;
    }
  else if (code == BIT_NOT_EXPR)
    {
      /* ~X is simply -1 - X, so re-use existing code that also handles
         anti-ranges fine.  */
      value_range minusone = VR_INITIALIZER;
      set_value_range_to_value (&minusone, build_int_cst (type, -1), NULL);
      extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (vr, MINUS_EXPR,
                                        type, &minusone, &vr0);
      return;
    }

  /* Now canonicalize anti-ranges to ranges when they are not symbolic
     and express op ~[]  as (op []') U (op []'').  */
  if (vr0.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
      && ranges_from_anti_range (&vr0, &vrtem0, &vrtem1))
    {
      extract_range_from_unary_expr (vr, code, type, &vrtem0, op0_type);
      if (vrtem1.type != VR_UNDEFINED)
        {
          value_range vrres = VR_INITIALIZER;
          extract_range_from_unary_expr (&vrres, code, type,
                                         &vrtem1, op0_type);
          vrp_meet (vr, &vrres);
        }
      return;
    }

  if (CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (code))
    {
      tree inner_type = op0_type;
      tree outer_type = type;

      /* If the expression evaluates to a pointer, we are only interested in
         determining if it evaluates to NULL [0, 0] or non-NULL (~[0, 0]).  */
      if (POINTER_TYPE_P (type))
        {
          if (range_is_nonnull (&vr0))
            set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr, type);
          else if (range_is_null (&vr0))
            set_value_range_to_null (vr, type);
          else
            set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
          return;
        }

      /* If VR0 is varying and we increase the type precision, assume
         a full range for the following transformation.  */
      if (vr0.type == VR_VARYING
          && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (inner_type)
          && TYPE_PRECISION (inner_type) < TYPE_PRECISION (outer_type))
        {
          vr0.type = VR_RANGE;
          vr0.min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (inner_type);
          vr0.max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (inner_type);
        }

      /* If VR0 is a constant range or anti-range and the conversion is
         not truncating we can convert the min and max values and
         canonicalize the resulting range.  Otherwise we can do the
         conversion if the size of the range is less than what the
         precision of the target type can represent and the range is
         not an anti-range.  */
      if ((vr0.type == VR_RANGE
           || vr0.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
          && TREE_CODE (vr0.min) == INTEGER_CST
          && TREE_CODE (vr0.max) == INTEGER_CST
          && (TYPE_PRECISION (outer_type) >= TYPE_PRECISION (inner_type)
              || (vr0.type == VR_RANGE
                  && integer_zerop (int_const_binop (RSHIFT_EXPR,
                       int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, vr0.max, vr0.min),
                         size_int (TYPE_PRECISION (outer_type)))))))
        {
          tree new_min, new_max;
          new_min = force_fit_type (outer_type, wi::to_widest (vr0.min),
                                    0, false);
          new_max = force_fit_type (outer_type, wi::to_widest (vr0.max),
                                    0, false);
          set_and_canonicalize_value_range (vr, vr0.type,
                                            new_min, new_max, NULL);
          return;
        }

      set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
      return;
    }
  else if (code == ABS_EXPR)
    {
      tree min, max;
      int cmp;

      /* Pass through vr0 in the easy cases.  */
      if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)
          || value_range_nonnegative_p (&vr0))
        {
          copy_value_range (vr, &vr0);
          return;
        }

      /* For the remaining varying or symbolic ranges we can't do anything
         useful.  */
      if (vr0.type == VR_VARYING
          || symbolic_range_p (&vr0))
        {
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
          return;
        }

      /* -TYPE_MIN_VALUE = TYPE_MIN_VALUE with flag_wrapv so we can't get a
         useful range.  */
      if (!TYPE_OVERFLOW_UNDEFINED (type)
          && ((vr0.type == VR_RANGE
               && vrp_val_is_min (vr0.min))
              || (vr0.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
                  && !vrp_val_is_min (vr0.min))))
        {
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
          return;
        }

      /* ABS_EXPR may flip the range around, if the original range
         included negative values.  */
      if (!vrp_val_is_min (vr0.min))
        min = fold_unary_to_constant (code, type, vr0.min);
      else
        min = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type);

      if (!vrp_val_is_min (vr0.max))
        max = fold_unary_to_constant (code, type, vr0.max);
      else
        max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type);

      cmp = compare_values (min, max);

      /* If a VR_ANTI_RANGEs contains zero, then we have
         ~[-INF, min(MIN, MAX)].  */
      if (vr0.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        {
          if (range_includes_zero_p (vr0.min, vr0.max) == 1)
            {
              /* Take the lower of the two values.  */
              if (cmp != 1)
                max = min;

              /* Create ~[-INF, min (abs(MIN), abs(MAX))]
                 or ~[-INF + 1, min (abs(MIN), abs(MAX))] when
                 flag_wrapv is set and the original anti-range doesn't include
                 TYPE_MIN_VALUE, remember -TYPE_MIN_VALUE = TYPE_MIN_VALUE.  */
              if (TYPE_OVERFLOW_WRAPS (type))
                {
                  tree type_min_value = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type);

                  min = (vr0.min != type_min_value
                         ? int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, type_min_value,
                                            build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (type_min_value), 1))
                         : type_min_value);
                }
              else
                min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type);
            }
          else
            {
              /* All else has failed, so create the range [0, INF], even for
                 flag_wrapv since TYPE_MIN_VALUE is in the original
                 anti-range.  */
              vr0.type = VR_RANGE;
              min = build_int_cst (type, 0);
              max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type);
            }
        }

      /* If the range contains zero then we know that the minimum value in the
         range will be zero.  */
      else if (range_includes_zero_p (vr0.min, vr0.max) == 1)
        {
          if (cmp == 1)
            max = min;
          min = build_int_cst (type, 0);
        }
      else
        {
          /* If the range was reversed, swap MIN and MAX.  */
          if (cmp == 1)
            std::swap (min, max);
        }

      cmp = compare_values (min, max);
      if (cmp == -2 || cmp == 1)
        {
          /* If the new range has its limits swapped around (MIN > MAX),
             then the operation caused one of them to wrap around, mark
             the new range VARYING.  */
          set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
        }
      else
        set_value_range (vr, vr0.type, min, max, NULL);
      return;
    }

  /* For unhandled operations fall back to varying.  */
  set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
  return;
}


/* Extract range information from a unary expression CODE OP0 based on
   the range of its operand with resulting type TYPE.
   The resulting range is stored in *VR.  */

static void
extract_range_from_unary_expr (value_range *vr, enum tree_code code,
                               tree type, tree op0)
{
  value_range vr0 = VR_INITIALIZER;

  /* Get value ranges for the operand.  For constant operands, create
     a new value range with the operand to simplify processing.  */
  if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME)
    vr0 = *(get_value_range (op0));
  else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op0))
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr0, op0, NULL);
  else
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr0);

  extract_range_from_unary_expr (vr, code, type, &vr0, TREE_TYPE (op0));
}


/* Extract range information from a conditional expression STMT based on
   the ranges of each of its operands and the expression code.  */

static void
extract_range_from_cond_expr (value_range *vr, gassign *stmt)
{
  tree op0, op1;
  value_range vr0 = VR_INITIALIZER;
  value_range vr1 = VR_INITIALIZER;

  /* Get value ranges for each operand.  For constant operands, create
     a new value range with the operand to simplify processing.  */
  op0 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt);
  if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME)
    vr0 = *(get_value_range (op0));
  else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op0))
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr0, op0, NULL);
  else
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr0);

  op1 = gimple_assign_rhs3 (stmt);
  if (TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME)
    vr1 = *(get_value_range (op1));
  else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op1))
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr1, op1, NULL);
  else
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr1);

  /* The resulting value range is the union of the operand ranges */
  copy_value_range (vr, &vr0);
  vrp_meet (vr, &vr1);
}


/* Extract range information from a comparison expression EXPR based
   on the range of its operand and the expression code.  */

static void
extract_range_from_comparison (value_range *vr, enum tree_code code,
                               tree type, tree op0, tree op1)
{
  bool sop;
  tree val;

  val = vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops (code, op0, op1, false, &sop,
                                                 NULL);
  if (val)
    {
      /* Since this expression was found on the RHS of an assignment,
         its type may be different from _Bool.  Convert VAL to EXPR's
         type.  */
      val = fold_convert (type, val);
      if (is_gimple_min_invariant (val))
        set_value_range_to_value (vr, val, vr->equiv);
      else
        set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, val, val, vr->equiv);
    }
  else
    /* The result of a comparison is always true or false.  */
    set_value_range_to_truthvalue (vr, type);
}

/* Helper function for simplify_internal_call_using_ranges and
   extract_range_basic.  Return true if OP0 SUBCODE OP1 for
   SUBCODE {PLUS,MINUS,MULT}_EXPR is known to never overflow or
   always overflow.  Set *OVF to true if it is known to always
   overflow.  */

static bool
check_for_binary_op_overflow (enum tree_code subcode, tree type,
                              tree op0, tree op1, bool *ovf)
{
  value_range vr0 = VR_INITIALIZER;
  value_range vr1 = VR_INITIALIZER;
  if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME)
    vr0 = *get_value_range (op0);
  else if (TREE_CODE (op0) == INTEGER_CST)
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr0, op0, NULL);
  else
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr0);

  if (TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME)
    vr1 = *get_value_range (op1);
  else if (TREE_CODE (op1) == INTEGER_CST)
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr1, op1, NULL);
  else
    set_value_range_to_varying (&vr1);

  if (!range_int_cst_p (&vr0)
      || TREE_OVERFLOW (vr0.min)
      || TREE_OVERFLOW (vr0.max))
    {
      vr0.min = vrp_val_min (TREE_TYPE (op0));
      vr0.max = vrp_val_max (TREE_TYPE (op0));
    }
  if (!range_int_cst_p (&vr1)
      || TREE_OVERFLOW (vr1.min)
      || TREE_OVERFLOW (vr1.max))
    {
      vr1.min = vrp_val_min (TREE_TYPE (op1));
      vr1.max = vrp_val_max (TREE_TYPE (op1));
    }
  *ovf = arith_overflowed_p (subcode, type, vr0.min,
                             subcode == MINUS_EXPR ? vr1.max : vr1.min);
  if (arith_overflowed_p (subcode, type, vr0.max,
                          subcode == MINUS_EXPR ? vr1.min : vr1.max) != *ovf)
    return false;
  if (subcode == MULT_EXPR)
    {
      if (arith_overflowed_p (subcode, type, vr0.min, vr1.max) != *ovf
          || arith_overflowed_p (subcode, type, vr0.max, vr1.min) != *ovf)
        return false;
    }
  if (*ovf)
    {
      /* So far we found that there is an overflow on the boundaries.
         That doesn't prove that there is an overflow even for all values
         in between the boundaries.  For that compute widest_int range
         of the result and see if it doesn't overlap the range of
         type.  */
      widest_int wmin, wmax;
      widest_int w[4];
      int i;
      w[0] = wi::to_widest (vr0.min);
      w[1] = wi::to_widest (vr0.max);
      w[2] = wi::to_widest (vr1.min);
      w[3] = wi::to_widest (vr1.max);
      for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
        {
          widest_int wt;
          switch (subcode)
            {
            case PLUS_EXPR:
              wt = wi::add (w[i & 1], w[2 + (i & 2) / 2]);
              break;
            case MINUS_EXPR:
              wt = wi::sub (w[i & 1], w[2 + (i & 2) / 2]);
              break;
            case MULT_EXPR:
              wt = wi::mul (w[i & 1], w[2 + (i & 2) / 2]);
              break;
            default:
              gcc_unreachable ();
            }
          if (i == 0)
            {
              wmin = wt;
              wmax = wt;
            }
          else
            {
              wmin = wi::smin (wmin, wt);
              wmax = wi::smax (wmax, wt);
            }
        }
      /* The result of op0 CODE op1 is known to be in range
         [wmin, wmax].  */
      widest_int wtmin = wi::to_widest (vrp_val_min (type));
      widest_int wtmax = wi::to_widest (vrp_val_max (type));
      /* If all values in [wmin, wmax] are smaller than
         [wtmin, wtmax] or all are larger than [wtmin, wtmax],
         the arithmetic operation will always overflow.  */
      if (wmax < wtmin || wmin > wtmax)
        return true;
      return false;
    }
  return true;
}

/* Try to derive a nonnegative or nonzero range out of STMT relying
   primarily on generic routines in fold in conjunction with range data.
   Store the result in *VR */

static void
extract_range_basic (value_range *vr, gimple *stmt)
{
  bool sop;
  tree type = gimple_expr_type (stmt);

  if (is_gimple_call (stmt))
    {
      tree arg;
      int mini, maxi, zerov = 0, prec;
      enum tree_code subcode = ERROR_MARK;
      combined_fn cfn = gimple_call_combined_fn (stmt);
      scalar_int_mode mode;

      switch (cfn)
        {
        case CFN_BUILT_IN_CONSTANT_P:
          /* If the call is __builtin_constant_p and the argument is a
             function parameter resolve it to false.  This avoids bogus
             array bound warnings.
             ???  We could do this as early as inlining is finished.  */
          arg = gimple_call_arg (stmt, 0);
          if (TREE_CODE (arg) == SSA_NAME
              && SSA_NAME_IS_DEFAULT_DEF (arg)
              && TREE_CODE (SSA_NAME_VAR (arg)) == PARM_DECL
              && cfun->after_inlining)
            {
              set_value_range_to_null (vr, type);
              return;
            }
          break;
          /* Both __builtin_ffs* and __builtin_popcount return
             [0, prec].  */
        CASE_CFN_FFS:
        CASE_CFN_POPCOUNT:
          arg = gimple_call_arg (stmt, 0);
          prec = TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (arg));
          mini = 0;
          maxi = prec;
          if (TREE_CODE (arg) == SSA_NAME)
            {
              value_range *vr0 = get_value_range (arg);
              /* If arg is non-zero, then ffs or popcount
                 are non-zero.  */
              if ((vr0->type == VR_RANGE
                   && range_includes_zero_p (vr0->min, vr0->max) == 0)
                  || (vr0->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
                      && range_includes_zero_p (vr0->min, vr0->max) == 1))
                mini = 1;
              /* If some high bits are known to be zero,
                 we can decrease the maximum.  */
              if (vr0->type == VR_RANGE
                  && TREE_CODE (vr0->max) == INTEGER_CST
                  && !operand_less_p (vr0->min,
                                      build_zero_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr0->min))))
                maxi = tree_floor_log2 (vr0->max) + 1;
            }
          goto bitop_builtin;
          /* __builtin_parity* returns [0, 1].  */
        CASE_CFN_PARITY:
          mini = 0;
          maxi = 1;
          goto bitop_builtin;
          /* __builtin_c[lt]z* return [0, prec-1], except for
             when the argument is 0, but that is undefined behavior.
             On many targets where the CLZ RTL or optab value is defined
             for 0 the value is prec, so include that in the range
             by default.  */
        CASE_CFN_CLZ:
          arg = gimple_call_arg (stmt, 0);
          prec = TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (arg));
          mini = 0;
          maxi = prec;
          mode = SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (arg));
          if (optab_handler (clz_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing
              && CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, zerov)
              /* Handle only the single common value.  */
              && zerov != prec)
            /* Magic value to give up, unless vr0 proves
               arg is non-zero.  */
            mini = -2;
          if (TREE_CODE (arg) == SSA_NAME)
            {
              value_range *vr0 = get_value_range (arg);
              /* From clz of VR_RANGE minimum we can compute
                 result maximum.  */
              if (vr0->type == VR_RANGE
                  && TREE_CODE (vr0->min) == INTEGER_CST)
                {
                  maxi = prec - 1 - tree_floor_log2 (vr0->min);
                  if (maxi != prec)
                    mini = 0;
                }
              else if (vr0->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
                       && integer_zerop (vr0->min))
                {
                  maxi = prec - 1;
                  mini = 0;
                }
              if (mini == -2)
                break;
              /* From clz of VR_RANGE maximum we can compute
                 result minimum.  */
              if (vr0->type == VR_RANGE
                  && TREE_CODE (vr0->max) == INTEGER_CST)
                {
                  mini = prec - 1 - tree_floor_log2 (vr0->max);
                  if (mini == prec)
                    break;
                }
            }
          if (mini == -2)
            break;
          goto bitop_builtin;
          /* __builtin_ctz* return [0, prec-1], except for
             when the argument is 0, but that is undefined behavior.
             If there is a ctz optab for this mode and
             CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO, include that in the range,
             otherwise just assume 0 won't be seen.  */
        CASE_CFN_CTZ:
          arg = gimple_call_arg (stmt, 0);
          prec = TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (arg));
          mini = 0;
          maxi = prec - 1;
          mode = SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (arg));
          if (optab_handler (ctz_optab, mode) != CODE_FOR_nothing
              && CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, zerov))
            {
              /* Handle only the two common values.  */
              if (zerov == -1)
                mini = -1;
              else if (zerov == prec)
                maxi = prec;
              else
                /* Magic value to give up, unless vr0 proves
                   arg is non-zero.  */
                mini = -2;
            }
          if (TREE_CODE (arg) == SSA_NAME)
            {
              value_range *vr0 = get_value_range (arg);
              /* If arg is non-zero, then use [0, prec - 1].  */
              if ((vr0->type == VR_RANGE
                   && integer_nonzerop (vr0->min))
                  || (vr0->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
                      && integer_zerop (vr0->min)))
                {
                  mini = 0;
                  maxi = prec - 1;
                }
              /* If some high bits are known to be zero,
                 we can decrease the result maximum.  */
              if (vr0->type == VR_RANGE
                  && TREE_CODE (vr0->max) == INTEGER_CST)
                {
                  maxi = tree_floor_log2 (vr0->max);
                  /* For vr0 [0, 0] give up.  */
                  if (maxi == -1)
                    break;
                }
            }
          if (mini == -2)
            break;
          goto bitop_builtin;
          /* __builtin_clrsb* returns [0, prec-1].  */
        CASE_CFN_CLRSB:
          arg = gimple_call_arg (stmt, 0);
          prec = TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (arg));
          mini = 0;
          maxi = prec - 1;
          goto bitop_builtin;
        bitop_builtin:
          set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, build_int_cst (type, mini),
                           build_int_cst (type, maxi), NULL);
          return;
        case CFN_UBSAN_CHECK_ADD:
          subcode = PLUS_EXPR;
          break;
        case CFN_UBSAN_CHECK_SUB:
          subcode = MINUS_EXPR;
          break;
        case CFN_UBSAN_CHECK_MUL:
          subcode = MULT_EXPR;
          break;
        case CFN_GOACC_DIM_SIZE:
        case CFN_GOACC_DIM_POS:
          /* Optimizing these two internal functions helps the loop
             optimizer eliminate outer comparisons.  Size is [1,N]
             and pos is [0,N-1].  */
          {
            bool is_pos = cfn == CFN_GOACC_DIM_POS;
            int axis = oacc_get_ifn_dim_arg (stmt);
            int size = oacc_get_fn_dim_size (current_function_decl, axis);

            if (!size)
              /* If it's dynamic, the backend might know a hardware
                 limitation.  */
              size = targetm.goacc.dim_limit (axis);

            tree type = TREE_TYPE (gimple_call_lhs (stmt));
            set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE,
                             build_int_cst (type, is_pos ? 0 : 1),
                             size ? build_int_cst (type, size - is_pos)
                                  : vrp_val_max (type), NULL);
          }
          return;
        case CFN_BUILT_IN_STRLEN:
          if (tree lhs = gimple_call_lhs (stmt))
            if (ptrdiff_type_node
                && (TYPE_PRECISION (ptrdiff_type_node)
                    == TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (lhs))))
              {
                tree type = TREE_TYPE (lhs);
                tree max = vrp_val_max (ptrdiff_type_node);
                wide_int wmax = wi::to_wide (max, TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (max)));
                tree range_min = build_zero_cst (type);
                tree range_max = wide_int_to_tree (type, wmax - 1);
                set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, range_min, range_max, NULL);
                return;
              }
          break;
        default:
          break;
        }
      if (subcode != ERROR_MARK)
        {
          bool saved_flag_wrapv = flag_wrapv;
          /* Pretend the arithmetics is wrapping.  If there is
             any overflow, we'll complain, but will actually do
             wrapping operation.  */
          flag_wrapv = 1;
          extract_range_from_binary_expr (vr, subcode, type,
                                          gimple_call_arg (stmt, 0),
                                          gimple_call_arg (stmt, 1));
          flag_wrapv = saved_flag_wrapv;

          /* If for both arguments vrp_valueize returned non-NULL,
             this should have been already folded and if not, it
             wasn't folded because of overflow.  Avoid removing the
             UBSAN_CHECK_* calls in that case.  */
          if (vr->type == VR_RANGE
              && (vr->min == vr->max
                  || operand_equal_p (vr->min, vr->max, 0)))
            set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
          return;
        }
    }
  /* Handle extraction of the two results (result of arithmetics and
     a flag whether arithmetics overflowed) from {ADD,SUB,MUL}_OVERFLOW
     internal function.  Similarly from ATOMIC_COMPARE_EXCHANGE.  */
  else if (is_gimple_assign (stmt)
           && (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt) == REALPART_EXPR
               || gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt) == IMAGPART_EXPR)
           && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type))
    {
      enum tree_code code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
      tree op = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
      if (TREE_CODE (op) == code && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (op, 0)) == SSA_NAME)
        {
          gimple *g = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (TREE_OPERAND (op, 0));
          if (is_gimple_call (g) && gimple_call_internal_p (g))
            {
              enum tree_code subcode = ERROR_MARK;
              switch (gimple_call_internal_fn (g))
                {
                case IFN_ADD_OVERFLOW:
                  subcode = PLUS_EXPR;
                  break;
                case IFN_SUB_OVERFLOW:
                  subcode = MINUS_EXPR;
                  break;
                case IFN_MUL_OVERFLOW:
                  subcode = MULT_EXPR;
                  break;
                case IFN_ATOMIC_COMPARE_EXCHANGE:
                  if (code == IMAGPART_EXPR)
                    {
                      /* This is the boolean return value whether compare and
                         exchange changed anything or not.  */
                      set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, build_int_cst (type, 0),
                                       build_int_cst (type, 1), NULL);
                      return;
                    }
                  break;
                default:
                  break;
                }
              if (subcode != ERROR_MARK)
                {
                  tree op0 = gimple_call_arg (g, 0);
                  tree op1 = gimple_call_arg (g, 1);
                  if (code == IMAGPART_EXPR)
                    {
                      bool ovf = false;
                      if (check_for_binary_op_overflow (subcode, type,
                                                        op0, op1, &ovf))
                        set_value_range_to_value (vr,
                                                  build_int_cst (type, ovf),
                                                  NULL);
                      else if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == 1
                               && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
                        set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
                      else
                        set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, build_int_cst (type, 0),
                                         build_int_cst (type, 1), NULL);
                    }
                  else if (types_compatible_p (type, TREE_TYPE (op0))
                           && types_compatible_p (type, TREE_TYPE (op1)))
                    {
                      bool saved_flag_wrapv = flag_wrapv;
                      /* Pretend the arithmetics is wrapping.  If there is
                         any overflow, IMAGPART_EXPR will be set.  */
                      flag_wrapv = 1;
                      extract_range_from_binary_expr (vr, subcode, type,
                                                      op0, op1);
                      flag_wrapv = saved_flag_wrapv;
                    }
                  else
                    {
                      value_range vr0 = VR_INITIALIZER;
                      value_range vr1 = VR_INITIALIZER;
                      bool saved_flag_wrapv = flag_wrapv;
                      /* Pretend the arithmetics is wrapping.  If there is
                         any overflow, IMAGPART_EXPR will be set.  */
                      flag_wrapv = 1;
                      extract_range_from_unary_expr (&vr0, NOP_EXPR,
                                                     type, op0);
                      extract_range_from_unary_expr (&vr1, NOP_EXPR,
                                                     type, op1);
                      extract_range_from_binary_expr_1 (vr, subcode, type,
                                                        &vr0, &vr1);
                      flag_wrapv = saved_flag_wrapv;
                    }
                  return;
                }
            }
        }
    }
  if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type)
      && gimple_stmt_nonnegative_warnv_p (stmt, &sop))
    set_value_range_to_nonnegative (vr, type);
  else if (vrp_stmt_computes_nonzero (stmt))
    set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr, type);
  else
    set_value_range_to_varying (vr);
}


/* Try to compute a useful range out of assignment STMT and store it
   in *VR.  */

static void
extract_range_from_assignment (value_range *vr, gassign *stmt)
{
  enum tree_code code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);

  if (code == ASSERT_EXPR)
    extract_range_from_assert (vr, gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt));
  else if (code == SSA_NAME)
    extract_range_from_ssa_name (vr, gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt));
  else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == tcc_binary)
    extract_range_from_binary_expr (vr, gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
                                    gimple_expr_type (stmt),
                                    gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
                                    gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt));
  else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == tcc_unary)
    extract_range_from_unary_expr (vr, gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
                                   gimple_expr_type (stmt),
                                   gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt));
  else if (code == COND_EXPR)
    extract_range_from_cond_expr (vr, stmt);
  else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == tcc_comparison)
    extract_range_from_comparison (vr, gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
                                   gimple_expr_type (stmt),
                                   gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
                                   gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt));
  else if (get_gimple_rhs_class (code) == GIMPLE_SINGLE_RHS
           && is_gimple_min_invariant (gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt)))
    set_value_range_to_value (vr, gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt), NULL);
  else
    set_value_range_to_varying (vr);

  if (vr->type == VR_VARYING)
    extract_range_basic (vr, stmt);
}

/* Given a range VR, a LOOP and a variable VAR, determine whether it
   would be profitable to adjust VR using scalar evolution information
   for VAR.  If so, update VR with the new limits.  */

static void
adjust_range_with_scev (value_range *vr, struct loop *loop,
                        gimple *stmt, tree var)
{
  tree init, step, chrec, tmin, tmax, min, max, type, tem;
  enum ev_direction dir;

  /* TODO.  Don't adjust anti-ranges.  An anti-range may provide
     better opportunities than a regular range, but I'm not sure.  */
  if (vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
    return;

  chrec = instantiate_parameters (loop, analyze_scalar_evolution (loop, var));

  /* Like in PR19590, scev can return a constant function.  */
  if (is_gimple_min_invariant (chrec))
    {
      set_value_range_to_value (vr, chrec, vr->equiv);
      return;
    }

  if (TREE_CODE (chrec) != POLYNOMIAL_CHREC)
    return;

  init = initial_condition_in_loop_num (chrec, loop->num);
  tem = op_with_constant_singleton_value_range (init);
  if (tem)
    init = tem;
  step = evolution_part_in_loop_num (chrec, loop->num);
  tem = op_with_constant_singleton_value_range (step);
  if (tem)
    step = tem;

  /* If STEP is symbolic, we can't know whether INIT will be the
     minimum or maximum value in the range.  Also, unless INIT is
     a simple expression, compare_values and possibly other functions
     in tree-vrp won't be able to handle it.  */
  if (step == NULL_TREE
      || !is_gimple_min_invariant (step)
      || !valid_value_p (init))
    return;

  dir = scev_direction (chrec);
  if (/* Do not adjust ranges if we do not know whether the iv increases
         or decreases,  ... */
      dir == EV_DIR_UNKNOWN
      /* ... or if it may wrap.  */
      || scev_probably_wraps_p (NULL_TREE, init, step, stmt,
                                get_chrec_loop (chrec), true))
    return;

  type = TREE_TYPE (var);
  if (POINTER_TYPE_P (type) || !TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type))
    tmin = lower_bound_in_type (type, type);
  else
    tmin = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type);
  if (POINTER_TYPE_P (type) || !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type))
    tmax = upper_bound_in_type (type, type);
  else
    tmax = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type);

  /* Try to use estimated number of iterations for the loop to constrain the
     final value in the evolution.  */
  if (TREE_CODE (step) == INTEGER_CST
      && is_gimple_val (init)
      && (TREE_CODE (init) != SSA_NAME
          || get_value_range (init)->type == VR_RANGE))
    {
      widest_int nit;

      /* We are only entering here for loop header PHI nodes, so using
         the number of latch executions is the correct thing to use.  */
      if (max_loop_iterations (loop, &nit))
        {
          value_range maxvr = VR_INITIALIZER;
          signop sgn = TYPE_SIGN (TREE_TYPE (step));
          bool overflow;

          widest_int wtmp = wi::mul (wi::to_widest (step), nit, sgn,
                                     &overflow);
          /* If the multiplication overflowed we can't do a meaningful
             adjustment.  Likewise if the result doesn't fit in the type
             of the induction variable.  For a signed type we have to
             check whether the result has the expected signedness which
             is that of the step as number of iterations is unsigned.  */
          if (!overflow
              && wi::fits_to_tree_p (wtmp, TREE_TYPE (init))
              && (sgn == UNSIGNED
                  || wi::gts_p (wtmp, 0) == wi::gts_p (step, 0)))
            {
              tem = wide_int_to_tree (TREE_TYPE (init), wtmp);
              extract_range_from_binary_expr (&maxvr, PLUS_EXPR,
                                              TREE_TYPE (init), init, tem);
              /* Likewise if the addition did.  */
              if (maxvr.type == VR_RANGE)
                {
                  value_range initvr = VR_INITIALIZER;

                  if (TREE_CODE (init) == SSA_NAME)
                    initvr = *(get_value_range (init));
                  else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (init))
                    set_value_range_to_value (&initvr, init, NULL);
                  else
                    return;

                  /* Check if init + nit * step overflows.  Though we checked
                     scev {init, step}_loop doesn't wrap, it is not enough
                     because the loop may exit immediately.  Overflow could
                     happen in the plus expression in this case.  */
                  if ((dir == EV_DIR_DECREASES
                       && compare_values (maxvr.min, initvr.min) != -1)
                      || (dir == EV_DIR_GROWS
                          && compare_values (maxvr.max, initvr.max) != 1))
                    return;

                  tmin = maxvr.min;
                  tmax = maxvr.max;
                }
            }
        }
    }

  if (vr->type == VR_VARYING || vr->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    {
      min = tmin;
      max = tmax;

      /* For VARYING or UNDEFINED ranges, just about anything we get
         from scalar evolutions should be better.  */

      if (dir == EV_DIR_DECREASES)
        max = init;
      else
        min = init;
    }
  else if (vr->type == VR_RANGE)
    {
      min = vr->min;
      max = vr->max;

      if (dir == EV_DIR_DECREASES)
        {
          /* INIT is the maximum value.  If INIT is lower than VR->MAX
             but no smaller than VR->MIN, set VR->MAX to INIT.  */
          if (compare_values (init, max) == -1)
            max = init;

          /* According to the loop information, the variable does not
             overflow.  */
          if (compare_values (min, tmin) == -1)
            min = tmin;

        }
      else
        {
          /* If INIT is bigger than VR->MIN, set VR->MIN to INIT.  */
          if (compare_values (init, min) == 1)
            min = init;

          if (compare_values (tmax, max) == -1)
            max = tmax;
        }
    }
  else
    return;

  /* If we just created an invalid range with the minimum
     greater than the maximum, we fail conservatively.
     This should happen only in unreachable
     parts of code, or for invalid programs.  */
  if (compare_values (min, max) == 1)
    return;

  /* Even for valid range info, sometimes overflow flag will leak in.
     As GIMPLE IL should have no constants with TREE_OVERFLOW set, we
     drop them.  */
  if (TREE_OVERFLOW_P (min))
    min = drop_tree_overflow (min);
  if (TREE_OVERFLOW_P (max))
    max = drop_tree_overflow (max);

  set_value_range (vr, VR_RANGE, min, max, vr->equiv);
}


/* Given two numeric value ranges VR0, VR1 and a comparison code COMP:

   - Return BOOLEAN_TRUE_NODE if VR0 COMP VR1 always returns true for
     all the values in the ranges.

   - Return BOOLEAN_FALSE_NODE if the comparison always returns false.

   - Return NULL_TREE if it is not always possible to determine the
     value of the comparison.

   Also set *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P to indicate whether comparision evaluation
   assumed signed overflow is undefined.  */


static tree
compare_ranges (enum tree_code comp, value_range *vr0, value_range *vr1,
                bool *strict_overflow_p)
{
  /* VARYING or UNDEFINED ranges cannot be compared.  */
  if (vr0->type == VR_VARYING
      || vr0->type == VR_UNDEFINED
      || vr1->type == VR_VARYING
      || vr1->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    return NULL_TREE;

  /* Anti-ranges need to be handled separately.  */
  if (vr0->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE || vr1->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
    {
      /* If both are anti-ranges, then we cannot compute any
         comparison.  */
      if (vr0->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE && vr1->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        return NULL_TREE;

      /* These comparisons are never statically computable.  */
      if (comp == GT_EXPR
          || comp == GE_EXPR
          || comp == LT_EXPR
          || comp == LE_EXPR)
        return NULL_TREE;

      /* Equality can be computed only between a range and an
         anti-range.  ~[VAL1, VAL2] == [VAL1, VAL2] is always false.  */
      if (vr0->type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          /* To simplify processing, make VR0 the anti-range.  */
          value_range *tmp = vr0;
          vr0 = vr1;
          vr1 = tmp;
        }

      gcc_assert (comp == NE_EXPR || comp == EQ_EXPR);

      if (compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr1->min, strict_overflow_p) == 0
          && compare_values_warnv (vr0->max, vr1->max, strict_overflow_p) == 0)
        return (comp == NE_EXPR) ? boolean_true_node : boolean_false_node;

      return NULL_TREE;
    }

  /* Simplify processing.  If COMP is GT_EXPR or GE_EXPR, switch the
     operands around and change the comparison code.  */
  if (comp == GT_EXPR || comp == GE_EXPR)
    {
      comp = (comp == GT_EXPR) ? LT_EXPR : LE_EXPR;
      std::swap (vr0, vr1);
    }

  if (comp == EQ_EXPR)
    {
      /* Equality may only be computed if both ranges represent
         exactly one value.  */
      if (compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr0->max, strict_overflow_p) == 0
          && compare_values_warnv (vr1->min, vr1->max, strict_overflow_p) == 0)
        {
          int cmp_min = compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr1->min,
                                              strict_overflow_p);
          int cmp_max = compare_values_warnv (vr0->max, vr1->max,
                                              strict_overflow_p);
          if (cmp_min == 0 && cmp_max == 0)
            return boolean_true_node;
          else if (cmp_min != -2 && cmp_max != -2)
            return boolean_false_node;
        }
      /* If [V0_MIN, V1_MAX] < [V1_MIN, V1_MAX] then V0 != V1.  */
      else if (compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr1->max,
                                     strict_overflow_p) == 1
               || compare_values_warnv (vr1->min, vr0->max,
                                        strict_overflow_p) == 1)
        return boolean_false_node;

      return NULL_TREE;
    }
  else if (comp == NE_EXPR)
    {
      int cmp1, cmp2;

      /* If VR0 is completely to the left or completely to the right
         of VR1, they are always different.  Notice that we need to
         make sure that both comparisons yield similar results to
         avoid comparing values that cannot be compared at
         compile-time.  */
      cmp1 = compare_values_warnv (vr0->max, vr1->min, strict_overflow_p);
      cmp2 = compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr1->max, strict_overflow_p);
      if ((cmp1 == -1 && cmp2 == -1) || (cmp1 == 1 && cmp2 == 1))
        return boolean_true_node;

      /* If VR0 and VR1 represent a single value and are identical,
         return false.  */
      else if (compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr0->max,
                                     strict_overflow_p) == 0
               && compare_values_warnv (vr1->min, vr1->max,
                                        strict_overflow_p) == 0
               && compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr1->min,
                                        strict_overflow_p) == 0
               && compare_values_warnv (vr0->max, vr1->max,
                                        strict_overflow_p) == 0)
        return boolean_false_node;

      /* Otherwise, they may or may not be different.  */
      else
        return NULL_TREE;
    }
  else if (comp == LT_EXPR || comp == LE_EXPR)
    {
      int tst;

      /* If VR0 is to the left of VR1, return true.  */
      tst = compare_values_warnv (vr0->max, vr1->min, strict_overflow_p);
      if ((comp == LT_EXPR && tst == -1)
          || (comp == LE_EXPR && (tst == -1 || tst == 0)))
        return boolean_true_node;

      /* If VR0 is to the right of VR1, return false.  */
      tst = compare_values_warnv (vr0->min, vr1->max, strict_overflow_p);
      if ((comp == LT_EXPR && (tst == 0 || tst == 1))
          || (comp == LE_EXPR && tst == 1))
        return boolean_false_node;

      /* Otherwise, we don't know.  */
      return NULL_TREE;
    }

  gcc_unreachable ();
}


/* Given a value range VR, a value VAL and a comparison code COMP, return
   BOOLEAN_TRUE_NODE if VR COMP VAL always returns true for all the
   values in VR.  Return BOOLEAN_FALSE_NODE if the comparison
   always returns false.  Return NULL_TREE if it is not always
   possible to determine the value of the comparison.  Also set
   *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P to indicate whether comparision evaluation
   assumed signed overflow is undefined.  */

static tree
compare_range_with_value (enum tree_code comp, value_range *vr, tree val,
                          bool *strict_overflow_p)
{
  if (vr->type == VR_VARYING || vr->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    return NULL_TREE;

  /* Anti-ranges need to be handled separately.  */
  if (vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
    {
      /* For anti-ranges, the only predicates that we can compute at
         compile time are equality and inequality.  */
      if (comp == GT_EXPR
          || comp == GE_EXPR
          || comp == LT_EXPR
          || comp == LE_EXPR)
        return NULL_TREE;

      /* ~[VAL_1, VAL_2] OP VAL is known if VAL_1 <= VAL <= VAL_2.  */
      if (value_inside_range (val, vr->min, vr->max) == 1)
        return (comp == NE_EXPR) ? boolean_true_node : boolean_false_node;

      return NULL_TREE;
    }

  if (comp == EQ_EXPR)
    {
      /* EQ_EXPR may only be computed if VR represents exactly
         one value.  */
      if (compare_values_warnv (vr->min, vr->max, strict_overflow_p) == 0)
        {
          int cmp = compare_values_warnv (vr->min, val, strict_overflow_p);
          if (cmp == 0)
            return boolean_true_node;
          else if (cmp == -1 || cmp == 1 || cmp == 2)
            return boolean_false_node;
        }
      else if (compare_values_warnv (val, vr->min, strict_overflow_p) == -1
               || compare_values_warnv (vr->max, val, strict_overflow_p) == -1)
        return boolean_false_node;

      return NULL_TREE;
    }
  else if (comp == NE_EXPR)
    {
      /* If VAL is not inside VR, then they are always different.  */
      if (compare_values_warnv (vr->max, val, strict_overflow_p) == -1
          || compare_values_warnv (vr->min, val, strict_overflow_p) == 1)
        return boolean_true_node;

      /* If VR represents exactly one value equal to VAL, then return
         false.  */
      if (compare_values_warnv (vr->min, vr->max, strict_overflow_p) == 0
          && compare_values_warnv (vr->min, val, strict_overflow_p) == 0)
        return boolean_false_node;

      /* Otherwise, they may or may not be different.  */
      return NULL_TREE;
    }
  else if (comp == LT_EXPR || comp == LE_EXPR)
    {
      int tst;

      /* If VR is to the left of VAL, return true.  */
      tst = compare_values_warnv (vr->max, val, strict_overflow_p);
      if ((comp == LT_EXPR && tst == -1)
          || (comp == LE_EXPR && (tst == -1 || tst == 0)))
        return boolean_true_node;

      /* If VR is to the right of VAL, return false.  */
      tst = compare_values_warnv (vr->min, val, strict_overflow_p);
      if ((comp == LT_EXPR && (tst == 0 || tst == 1))
          || (comp == LE_EXPR && tst == 1))
        return boolean_false_node;

      /* Otherwise, we don't know.  */
      return NULL_TREE;
    }
  else if (comp == GT_EXPR || comp == GE_EXPR)
    {
      int tst;

      /* If VR is to the right of VAL, return true.  */
      tst = compare_values_warnv (vr->min, val, strict_overflow_p);
      if ((comp == GT_EXPR && tst == 1)
          || (comp == GE_EXPR && (tst == 0 || tst == 1)))
        return boolean_true_node;

      /* If VR is to the left of VAL, return false.  */
      tst = compare_values_warnv (vr->max, val, strict_overflow_p);
      if ((comp == GT_EXPR && (tst == -1 || tst == 0))
          || (comp == GE_EXPR && tst == -1))
        return boolean_false_node;

      /* Otherwise, we don't know.  */
      return NULL_TREE;
    }

  gcc_unreachable ();
}


/* Debugging dumps.  */

void dump_value_range (FILE *, const value_range *);
void debug_value_range (value_range *);
void dump_all_value_ranges (FILE *);
void debug_all_value_ranges (void);
void dump_vr_equiv (FILE *, bitmap);
void debug_vr_equiv (bitmap);


/* Dump value range VR to FILE.  */

void
dump_value_range (FILE *file, const value_range *vr)
{
  if (vr == NULL)
    fprintf (file, "[]");
  else if (vr->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    fprintf (file, "UNDEFINED");
  else if (vr->type == VR_RANGE || vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
    {
      tree type = TREE_TYPE (vr->min);

      fprintf (file, "%s[", (vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE) ? "~" : "");

      if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type)
          && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)
          && vrp_val_is_min (vr->min))
        fprintf (file, "-INF");
      else
        print_generic_expr (file, vr->min);

      fprintf (file, ", ");

      if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type)
          && vrp_val_is_max (vr->max))
        fprintf (file, "+INF");
      else
        print_generic_expr (file, vr->max);

      fprintf (file, "]");

      if (vr->equiv)
        {
          bitmap_iterator bi;
          unsigned i, c = 0;

          fprintf (file, "  EQUIVALENCES: { ");

          EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (vr->equiv, 0, i, bi)
            {
              print_generic_expr (file, ssa_name (i));
              fprintf (file, " ");
              c++;
            }

          fprintf (file, "} (%u elements)", c);
        }
    }
  else if (vr->type == VR_VARYING)
    fprintf (file, "VARYING");
  else
    fprintf (file, "INVALID RANGE");
}


/* Dump value range VR to stderr.  */

DEBUG_FUNCTION void
debug_value_range (value_range *vr)
{
  dump_value_range (stderr, vr);
  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
}


/* Dump value ranges of all SSA_NAMEs to FILE.  */

void
dump_all_value_ranges (FILE *file)
{
  size_t i;

  for (i = 0; i < num_vr_values; i++)
    {
      if (vr_value[i])
        {
          print_generic_expr (file, ssa_name (i));
          fprintf (file, ": ");
          dump_value_range (file, vr_value[i]);
          fprintf (file, "\n");
        }
    }

  fprintf (file, "\n");
}


/* Dump all value ranges to stderr.  */

DEBUG_FUNCTION void
debug_all_value_ranges (void)
{
  dump_all_value_ranges (stderr);
}


/* Given a COND_EXPR COND of the form 'V OP W', and an SSA name V,
   create a new SSA name N and return the assertion assignment
   'N = ASSERT_EXPR <V, V OP W>'.  */

static gimple *
build_assert_expr_for (tree cond, tree v)
{
  tree a;
  gassign *assertion;

  gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (v) == SSA_NAME
              && COMPARISON_CLASS_P (cond));

  a = build2 (ASSERT_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (v), v, cond);
  assertion = gimple_build_assign (NULL_TREE, a);

  /* The new ASSERT_EXPR, creates a new SSA name that replaces the
     operand of the ASSERT_EXPR.  Create it so the new name and the old one
     are registered in the replacement table so that we can fix the SSA web
     after adding all the ASSERT_EXPRs.  */
  tree new_def = create_new_def_for (v, assertion, NULL);
  /* Make sure we preserve abnormalness throughout an ASSERT_EXPR chain
     given we have to be able to fully propagate those out to re-create
     valid SSA when removing the asserts.  */
  if (SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (v))
    SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (new_def) = 1;

  return assertion;
}


/* Return false if EXPR is a predicate expression involving floating
   point values.  */

static inline bool
fp_predicate (gimple *stmt)
{
  GIMPLE_CHECK (stmt, GIMPLE_COND);

  return FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (gimple_cond_lhs (stmt)));
}

/* If the range of values taken by OP can be inferred after STMT executes,
   return the comparison code (COMP_CODE_P) and value (VAL_P) that
   describes the inferred range.  Return true if a range could be
   inferred.  */

static bool
infer_value_range (gimple *stmt, tree op, tree_code *comp_code_p, tree *val_p)
{
  *val_p = NULL_TREE;
  *comp_code_p = ERROR_MARK;

  /* Do not attempt to infer anything in names that flow through
     abnormal edges.  */
  if (SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (op))
    return false;

  /* If STMT is the last statement of a basic block with no normal
     successors, there is no point inferring anything about any of its
     operands.  We would not be able to find a proper insertion point
     for the assertion, anyway.  */
  if (stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt))
    {
      edge_iterator ei;
      edge e;

      FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, gimple_bb (stmt)->succs)
        if (!(e->flags & (EDGE_ABNORMAL|EDGE_EH)))
          break;
      if (e == NULL)
        return false;
    }

  if (infer_nonnull_range (stmt, op))
    {
      *val_p = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (op), 0);
      *comp_code_p = NE_EXPR;
      return true;
    }

  return false;
}


void dump_asserts_for (FILE *, tree);
void debug_asserts_for (tree);
void dump_all_asserts (FILE *);
void debug_all_asserts (void);

/* Dump all the registered assertions for NAME to FILE.  */

void
dump_asserts_for (FILE *file, tree name)
{
  assert_locus *loc;

  fprintf (file, "Assertions to be inserted for ");
  print_generic_expr (file, name);
  fprintf (file, "\n");

  loc = asserts_for[SSA_NAME_VERSION (name)];
  while (loc)
    {
      fprintf (file, "\t");
      print_gimple_stmt (file, gsi_stmt (loc->si), 0);
      fprintf (file, "\n\tBB #%d", loc->bb->index);
      if (loc->e)
        {
          fprintf (file, "\n\tEDGE %d->%d", loc->e->src->index,
                   loc->e->dest->index);
          dump_edge_info (file, loc->e, dump_flags, 0);
        }
      fprintf (file, "\n\tPREDICATE: ");
      print_generic_expr (file, loc->expr);
      fprintf (file, " %s ", get_tree_code_name (loc->comp_code));
      print_generic_expr (file, loc->val);
      fprintf (file, "\n\n");
      loc = loc->next;
    }

  fprintf (file, "\n");
}


/* Dump all the registered assertions for NAME to stderr.  */

DEBUG_FUNCTION void
debug_asserts_for (tree name)
{
  dump_asserts_for (stderr, name);
}


/* Dump all the registered assertions for all the names to FILE.  */

void
dump_all_asserts (FILE *file)
{
  unsigned i;
  bitmap_iterator bi;

  fprintf (file, "\nASSERT_EXPRs to be inserted\n\n");
  EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (need_assert_for, 0, i, bi)
    dump_asserts_for (file, ssa_name (i));
  fprintf (file, "\n");
}


/* Dump all the registered assertions for all the names to stderr.  */

DEBUG_FUNCTION void
debug_all_asserts (void)
{
  dump_all_asserts (stderr);
}

/* Push the assert info for NAME, EXPR, COMP_CODE and VAL to ASSERTS.  */

static void
add_assert_info (vec<assert_info> &asserts,
                 tree name, tree expr, enum tree_code comp_code, tree val)
{
  assert_info info;
  info.comp_code = comp_code;
  info.name = name;
  info.val = val;
  info.expr = expr;
  asserts.safe_push (info);
}

/* If NAME doesn't have an ASSERT_EXPR registered for asserting
   'EXPR COMP_CODE VAL' at a location that dominates block BB or
   E->DEST, then register this location as a possible insertion point
   for ASSERT_EXPR <NAME, EXPR COMP_CODE VAL>.

   BB, E and SI provide the exact insertion point for the new
   ASSERT_EXPR.  If BB is NULL, then the ASSERT_EXPR is to be inserted
   on edge E.  Otherwise, if E is NULL, the ASSERT_EXPR is inserted on
   BB.  If SI points to a COND_EXPR or a SWITCH_EXPR statement, then E
   must not be NULL.  */

static void
register_new_assert_for (tree name, tree expr,
                         enum tree_code comp_code,
                         tree val,
                         basic_block bb,
                         edge e,
                         gimple_stmt_iterator si)
{
  assert_locus *n, *loc, *last_loc;
  basic_block dest_bb;

  gcc_checking_assert (bb == NULL || e == NULL);

  if (e == NULL)
    gcc_checking_assert (gimple_code (gsi_stmt (si)) != GIMPLE_COND
                         && gimple_code (gsi_stmt (si)) != GIMPLE_SWITCH);

  /* Never build an assert comparing against an integer constant with
     TREE_OVERFLOW set.  This confuses our undefined overflow warning
     machinery.  */
  if (TREE_OVERFLOW_P (val))
    val = drop_tree_overflow (val);

  /* The new assertion A will be inserted at BB or E.  We need to
     determine if the new location is dominated by a previously
     registered location for A.  If we are doing an edge insertion,
     assume that A will be inserted at E->DEST.  Note that this is not
     necessarily true.

     If E is a critical edge, it will be split.  But even if E is
     split, the new block will dominate the same set of blocks that
     E->DEST dominates.

     The reverse, however, is not true, blocks dominated by E->DEST
     will not be dominated by the new block created to split E.  So,
     if the insertion location is on a critical edge, we will not use
     the new location to move another assertion previously registered
     at a block dominated by E->DEST.  */
  dest_bb = (bb) ? bb : e->dest;

  /* If NAME already has an ASSERT_EXPR registered for COMP_CODE and
     VAL at a block dominating DEST_BB, then we don't need to insert a new
     one.  Similarly, if the same assertion already exists at a block
     dominated by DEST_BB and the new location is not on a critical
     edge, then update the existing location for the assertion (i.e.,
     move the assertion up in the dominance tree).

     Note, this is implemented as a simple linked list because there
     should not be more than a handful of assertions registered per
     name.  If this becomes a performance problem, a table hashed by
     COMP_CODE and VAL could be implemented.  */
  loc = asserts_for[SSA_NAME_VERSION (name)];
  last_loc = loc;
  while (loc)
    {
      if (loc->comp_code == comp_code
          && (loc->val == val
              || operand_equal_p (loc->val, val, 0))
          && (loc->expr == expr
              || operand_equal_p (loc->expr, expr, 0)))
        {
          /* If E is not a critical edge and DEST_BB
             dominates the existing location for the assertion, move
             the assertion up in the dominance tree by updating its
             location information.  */
          if ((e == NULL || !EDGE_CRITICAL_P (e))
              && dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, loc->bb, dest_bb))
            {
              loc->bb = dest_bb;
              loc->e = e;
              loc->si = si;
              return;
            }
        }

      /* Update the last node of the list and move to the next one.  */
      last_loc = loc;
      loc = loc->next;
    }

  /* If we didn't find an assertion already registered for
     NAME COMP_CODE VAL, add a new one at the end of the list of
     assertions associated with NAME.  */
  n = XNEW (struct assert_locus);
  n->bb = dest_bb;
  n->e = e;
  n->si = si;
  n->comp_code = comp_code;
  n->val = val;
  n->expr = expr;
  n->next = NULL;

  if (last_loc)
    last_loc->next = n;
  else
    asserts_for[SSA_NAME_VERSION (name)] = n;

  bitmap_set_bit (need_assert_for, SSA_NAME_VERSION (name));
}

/* (COND_OP0 COND_CODE COND_OP1) is a predicate which uses NAME.
   Extract a suitable test code and value and store them into *CODE_P and
   *VAL_P so the predicate is normalized to NAME *CODE_P *VAL_P.

   If no extraction was possible, return FALSE, otherwise return TRUE.

   If INVERT is true, then we invert the result stored into *CODE_P.  */

static bool
extract_code_and_val_from_cond_with_ops (tree name, enum tree_code cond_code,
                                         tree cond_op0, tree cond_op1,
                                         bool invert, enum tree_code *code_p,
                                         tree *val_p)
{
  enum tree_code comp_code;
  tree val;

  /* Otherwise, we have a comparison of the form NAME COMP VAL
     or VAL COMP NAME.  */
  if (name == cond_op1)
    {
      /* If the predicate is of the form VAL COMP NAME, flip
         COMP around because we need to register NAME as the
         first operand in the predicate.  */
      comp_code = swap_tree_comparison (cond_code);
      val = cond_op0;
    }
  else if (name == cond_op0)
    {
      /* The comparison is of the form NAME COMP VAL, so the
         comparison code remains unchanged.  */
      comp_code = cond_code;
      val = cond_op1;
    }
  else
    gcc_unreachable ();

  /* Invert the comparison code as necessary.  */
  if (invert)
    comp_code = invert_tree_comparison (comp_code, 0);

  /* VRP only handles integral and pointer types.  */
  if (! INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (val))
      && ! POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (val)))
    return false;

  /* Do not register always-false predicates.
     FIXME:  this works around a limitation in fold() when dealing with
     enumerations.  Given 'enum { N1, N2 } x;', fold will not
     fold 'if (x > N2)' to 'if (0)'.  */
  if ((comp_code == GT_EXPR || comp_code == LT_EXPR)
      && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (val)))
    {
      tree min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (val));
      tree max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (val));

      if (comp_code == GT_EXPR
          && (!max
              || compare_values (val, max) == 0))
        return false;

      if (comp_code == LT_EXPR
          && (!min
              || compare_values (val, min) == 0))
        return false;
    }
  *code_p = comp_code;
  *val_p = val;
  return true;
}

/* Find out smallest RES where RES > VAL && (RES & MASK) == RES, if any
   (otherwise return VAL).  VAL and MASK must be zero-extended for
   precision PREC.  If SGNBIT is non-zero, first xor VAL with SGNBIT
   (to transform signed values into unsigned) and at the end xor
   SGNBIT back.  */

static wide_int
masked_increment (const wide_int &val_in, const wide_int &mask,
                  const wide_int &sgnbit, unsigned int prec)
{
  wide_int bit = wi::one (prec), res;
  unsigned int i;

  wide_int val = val_in ^ sgnbit;
  for (i = 0; i < prec; i++, bit += bit)
    {
      res = mask;
      if ((res & bit) == 0)
        continue;
      res = bit - 1;
      res = (val + bit).and_not (res);
      res &= mask;
      if (wi::gtu_p (res, val))
        return res ^ sgnbit;
    }
  return val ^ sgnbit;
}

/* Helper for overflow_comparison_p

   OP0 CODE OP1 is a comparison.  Examine the comparison and potentially
   OP1's defining statement to see if it ultimately has the form
   OP0 CODE (OP0 PLUS INTEGER_CST)

   If so, return TRUE indicating this is an overflow test and store into
   *NEW_CST an updated constant that can be used in a narrowed range test.

   REVERSED indicates if the comparison was originally:

   OP1 CODE' OP0.

   This affects how we build the updated constant.  */

static bool
overflow_comparison_p_1 (enum tree_code code, tree op0, tree op1,
                         bool follow_assert_exprs, bool reversed, tree *new_cst)
{
  /* See if this is a relational operation between two SSA_NAMES with
     unsigned, overflow wrapping values.  If so, check it more deeply.  */
  if ((code == LT_EXPR || code == LE_EXPR
       || code == GE_EXPR || code == GT_EXPR)
      && TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME
      && TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME
      && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (op0))
      && TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (op0))
      && TYPE_OVERFLOW_WRAPS (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
    {
      gimple *op1_def = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (op1);

      /* If requested, follow any ASSERT_EXPRs backwards for OP1.  */
      if (follow_assert_exprs)
        {
          while (gimple_assign_single_p (op1_def)
                 && TREE_CODE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (op1_def)) == ASSERT_EXPR)
            {
              op1 = TREE_OPERAND (gimple_assign_rhs1 (op1_def), 0);
              if (TREE_CODE (op1) != SSA_NAME)
                break;
              op1_def = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (op1);
            }
        }

      /* Now look at the defining statement of OP1 to see if it adds
         or subtracts a nonzero constant from another operand.  */
      if (op1_def
          && is_gimple_assign (op1_def)
          && gimple_assign_rhs_code (op1_def) == PLUS_EXPR
          && TREE_CODE (gimple_assign_rhs2 (op1_def)) == INTEGER_CST
          && !integer_zerop (gimple_assign_rhs2 (op1_def)))
        {
          tree target = gimple_assign_rhs1 (op1_def);

          /* If requested, follow ASSERT_EXPRs backwards for op0 looking
             for one where TARGET appears on the RHS.  */
          if (follow_assert_exprs)
            {
              /* Now see if that "other operand" is op0, following the chain
                 of ASSERT_EXPRs if necessary.  */
              gimple *op0_def = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (op0);
              while (op0 != target
                     && gimple_assign_single_p (op0_def)
                     && TREE_CODE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (op0_def)) == ASSERT_EXPR)
                {
                  op0 = TREE_OPERAND (gimple_assign_rhs1 (op0_def), 0);
                  if (TREE_CODE (op0) != SSA_NAME)
                    break;
                  op0_def = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (op0);
                }
            }

          /* If we did not find our target SSA_NAME, then this is not
             an overflow test.  */
          if (op0 != target)
            return false;

          tree type = TREE_TYPE (op0);
          wide_int max = wi::max_value (TYPE_PRECISION (type), UNSIGNED);
          tree inc = gimple_assign_rhs2 (op1_def);
          if (reversed)
            *new_cst = wide_int_to_tree (type, max + inc);
          else
            *new_cst = wide_int_to_tree (type, max - inc);
          return true;
        }
    }
  return false;
}

/* OP0 CODE OP1 is a comparison.  Examine the comparison and potentially
   OP1's defining statement to see if it ultimately has the form
   OP0 CODE (OP0 PLUS INTEGER_CST)

   If so, return TRUE indicating this is an overflow test and store into
   *NEW_CST an updated constant that can be used in a narrowed range test.

   These statements are left as-is in the IL to facilitate discovery of
   {ADD,SUB}_OVERFLOW sequences later in the optimizer pipeline.  But
   the alternate range representation is often useful within VRP.  */

static bool
overflow_comparison_p (tree_code code, tree name, tree val,
                       bool use_equiv_p, tree *new_cst)
{
  if (overflow_comparison_p_1 (code, name, val, use_equiv_p, false, new_cst))
    return true;
  return overflow_comparison_p_1 (swap_tree_comparison (code), val, name,
                                  use_equiv_p, true, new_cst);
}


/* Try to register an edge assertion for SSA name NAME on edge E for
   the condition COND contributing to the conditional jump pointed to by BSI.
   Invert the condition COND if INVERT is true.  */

static void
register_edge_assert_for_2 (tree name, edge e,
                            enum tree_code cond_code,
                            tree cond_op0, tree cond_op1, bool invert,
                            vec<assert_info> &asserts)
{
  tree val;
  enum tree_code comp_code;

  if (!extract_code_and_val_from_cond_with_ops (name, cond_code,
                                                cond_op0,
                                                cond_op1,
                                                invert, &comp_code, &val))
    return;

  /* Queue the assert.  */
  tree x;
  if (overflow_comparison_p (comp_code, name, val, false, &x))
    {
      enum tree_code new_code = ((comp_code == GT_EXPR || comp_code == GE_EXPR)
                                 ? GT_EXPR : LE_EXPR);
      add_assert_info (asserts, name, name, new_code, x);
    }
  add_assert_info (asserts, name, name, comp_code, val);

  /* In the case of NAME <= CST and NAME being defined as
     NAME = (unsigned) NAME2 + CST2 we can assert NAME2 >= -CST2
     and NAME2 <= CST - CST2.  We can do the same for NAME > CST.
     This catches range and anti-range tests.  */
  if ((comp_code == LE_EXPR
       || comp_code == GT_EXPR)
      && TREE_CODE (val) == INTEGER_CST
      && TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (val)))
    {
      gimple *def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name);
      tree cst2 = NULL_TREE, name2 = NULL_TREE, name3 = NULL_TREE;

      /* Extract CST2 from the (optional) addition.  */
      if (is_gimple_assign (def_stmt)
          && gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt) == PLUS_EXPR)
        {
          name2 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
          cst2 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (def_stmt);
          if (TREE_CODE (name2) == SSA_NAME
              && TREE_CODE (cst2) == INTEGER_CST)
            def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name2);
        }

      /* Extract NAME2 from the (optional) sign-changing cast.  */
      if (gimple_assign_cast_p (def_stmt))
        {
          if (CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt))
              && ! TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt)))
              && (TYPE_PRECISION (gimple_expr_type (def_stmt))
                  == TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt)))))
            name3 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
        }

      /* If name3 is used later, create an ASSERT_EXPR for it.  */
      if (name3 != NULL_TREE
          && TREE_CODE (name3) == SSA_NAME
          && (cst2 == NULL_TREE
              || TREE_CODE (cst2) == INTEGER_CST)
          && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (name3)))
        {
          tree tmp;

          /* Build an expression for the range test.  */
          tmp = build1 (NOP_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (name), name3);
          if (cst2 != NULL_TREE)
            tmp = build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (name), tmp, cst2);

          if (dump_file)
            {
              fprintf (dump_file, "Adding assert for ");
              print_generic_expr (dump_file, name3);
              fprintf (dump_file, " from ");
              print_generic_expr (dump_file, tmp);
              fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
            }

          add_assert_info (asserts, name3, tmp, comp_code, val);
        }

      /* If name2 is used later, create an ASSERT_EXPR for it.  */
      if (name2 != NULL_TREE
          && TREE_CODE (name2) == SSA_NAME
          && TREE_CODE (cst2) == INTEGER_CST
          && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (name2)))
        {
          tree tmp;

          /* Build an expression for the range test.  */
          tmp = name2;
          if (TREE_TYPE (name) != TREE_TYPE (name2))
            tmp = build1 (NOP_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (name), tmp);
          if (cst2 != NULL_TREE)
            tmp = build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (name), tmp, cst2);

          if (dump_file)
            {
              fprintf (dump_file, "Adding assert for ");
              print_generic_expr (dump_file, name2);
              fprintf (dump_file, " from ");
              print_generic_expr (dump_file, tmp);
              fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
            }

          add_assert_info (asserts, name2, tmp, comp_code, val);
        }
    }

  /* In the case of post-in/decrement tests like if (i++) ... and uses
     of the in/decremented value on the edge the extra name we want to
     assert for is not on the def chain of the name compared.  Instead
     it is in the set of use stmts.
     Similar cases happen for conversions that were simplified through
     fold_{sign_changed,widened}_comparison.  */
  if ((comp_code == NE_EXPR
       || comp_code == EQ_EXPR)
      && TREE_CODE (val) == INTEGER_CST)
    {
      imm_use_iterator ui;
      gimple *use_stmt;
      FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_STMT (use_stmt, ui, name)
        {
          if (!is_gimple_assign (use_stmt))
            continue;

          /* Cut off to use-stmts that are dominating the predecessor.  */
          if (!dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, e->src, gimple_bb (use_stmt)))
            continue;

          tree name2 = gimple_assign_lhs (use_stmt);
          if (TREE_CODE (name2) != SSA_NAME)
            continue;

          enum tree_code code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (use_stmt);
          tree cst;
          if (code == PLUS_EXPR
              || code == MINUS_EXPR)
            {
              cst = gimple_assign_rhs2 (use_stmt);
              if (TREE_CODE (cst) != INTEGER_CST)
                continue;
              cst = int_const_binop (code, val, cst);
            }
          else if (CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (code))
            {
              /* For truncating conversions we cannot record
                 an inequality.  */
              if (comp_code == NE_EXPR
                  && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (name2))
                      < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (name))))
                continue;
              cst = fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (name2), val);
            }
          else
            continue;

          if (TREE_OVERFLOW_P (cst))
            cst = drop_tree_overflow (cst);
          add_assert_info (asserts, name2, name2, comp_code, cst);
        }
    }
 
  if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (comp_code) == tcc_comparison
      && TREE_CODE (val) == INTEGER_CST)
    {
      gimple *def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name);
      tree name2 = NULL_TREE, names[2], cst2 = NULL_TREE;
      tree val2 = NULL_TREE;
      unsigned int prec = TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (val));
      wide_int mask = wi::zero (prec);
      unsigned int nprec = prec;
      enum tree_code rhs_code = ERROR_MARK;

      if (is_gimple_assign (def_stmt))
        rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt);

      /* In the case of NAME != CST1 where NAME = A +- CST2 we can
         assert that A != CST1 -+ CST2.  */
      if ((comp_code == EQ_EXPR || comp_code == NE_EXPR)
          && (rhs_code == PLUS_EXPR || rhs_code == MINUS_EXPR))
        {
          tree op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
          tree op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (def_stmt);
          if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME
              && TREE_CODE (op1) == INTEGER_CST)
            {
              enum tree_code reverse_op = (rhs_code == PLUS_EXPR
                                           ? MINUS_EXPR : PLUS_EXPR);
              op1 = int_const_binop (reverse_op, val, op1);
              if (TREE_OVERFLOW (op1))
                op1 = drop_tree_overflow (op1);
              add_assert_info (asserts, op0, op0, comp_code, op1);
            }
        }

      /* Add asserts for NAME cmp CST and NAME being defined
         as NAME = (int) NAME2.  */
      if (!TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (val))
          && (comp_code == LE_EXPR || comp_code == LT_EXPR
              || comp_code == GT_EXPR || comp_code == GE_EXPR)
          && gimple_assign_cast_p (def_stmt))
        {
          name2 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
          if (CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (rhs_code)
              && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (name2))
              && TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (name2))
              && prec == TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (name2))
              && (comp_code == LE_EXPR || comp_code == GT_EXPR
                  || !tree_int_cst_equal (val,
                                          TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (val)))))
            {
              tree tmp, cst;
              enum tree_code new_comp_code = comp_code;

              cst = fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (name2),
                                  TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (val)));
              /* Build an expression for the range test.  */
              tmp = build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (name2), name2, cst);
              cst = fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (name2), cst,
                                 fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (name2), val));
              if (comp_code == LT_EXPR || comp_code == GE_EXPR)
                {
                  new_comp_code = comp_code == LT_EXPR ? LE_EXPR : GT_EXPR;
                  cst = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (name2), cst,
                                     build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (name2), 1));
                }

              if (dump_file)
                {
                  fprintf (dump_file, "Adding assert for ");
                  print_generic_expr (dump_file, name2);
                  fprintf (dump_file, " from ");
                  print_generic_expr (dump_file, tmp);
                  fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
                }

              add_assert_info (asserts, name2, tmp, new_comp_code, cst);
            }
        }

      /* Add asserts for NAME cmp CST and NAME being defined as
         NAME = NAME2 >> CST2.

         Extract CST2 from the right shift.  */
      if (rhs_code == RSHIFT_EXPR)
        {
          name2 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
          cst2 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (def_stmt);
          if (TREE_CODE (name2) == SSA_NAME
              && tree_fits_uhwi_p (cst2)
              && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (name2))
              && IN_RANGE (tree_to_uhwi (cst2), 1, prec - 1)
              && type_has_mode_precision_p (TREE_TYPE (val)))
            {
              mask = wi::mask (tree_to_uhwi (cst2), false, prec);
              val2 = fold_binary (LSHIFT_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (val), val, cst2);
            }
        }
      if (val2 != NULL_TREE
          && TREE_CODE (val2) == INTEGER_CST
          && simple_cst_equal (fold_build2 (RSHIFT_EXPR,
                                            TREE_TYPE (val),
                                            val2, cst2), val))
        {
          enum tree_code new_comp_code = comp_code;
          tree tmp, new_val;

          tmp = name2;
          if (comp_code == EQ_EXPR || comp_code == NE_EXPR)
            {
              if (!TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (val)))
                {
                  tree type = build_nonstandard_integer_type (prec, 1);
                  tmp = build1 (NOP_EXPR, type, name2);
                  val2 = fold_convert (type, val2);
                }
              tmp = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (tmp), tmp, val2);
              new_val = wide_int_to_tree (TREE_TYPE (tmp), mask);
              new_comp_code = comp_code == EQ_EXPR ? LE_EXPR : GT_EXPR;
            }
          else if (comp_code == LT_EXPR || comp_code == GE_EXPR)
            {
              wide_int minval
                = wi::min_value (prec, TYPE_SIGN (TREE_TYPE (val)));
              new_val = val2;
              if (minval == new_val)
                new_val = NULL_TREE;
            }
          else
            {
              wide_int maxval
                = wi::max_value (prec, TYPE_SIGN (TREE_TYPE (val)));
              mask |= val2;
              if (mask == maxval)
                new_val = NULL_TREE;
              else
                new_val = wide_int_to_tree (TREE_TYPE (val2), mask);
            }

          if (new_val)
            {
              if (dump_file)
                {
                  fprintf (dump_file, "Adding assert for ");
                  print_generic_expr (dump_file, name2);
                  fprintf (dump_file, " from ");
                  print_generic_expr (dump_file, tmp);
                  fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
                }

              add_assert_info (asserts, name2, tmp, new_comp_code, new_val);
            }
        }

      /* Add asserts for NAME cmp CST and NAME being defined as
         NAME = NAME2 & CST2.

         Extract CST2 from the and.

         Also handle
         NAME = (unsigned) NAME2;
         casts where NAME's type is unsigned and has smaller precision
         than NAME2's type as if it was NAME = NAME2 & MASK.  */
      names[0] = NULL_TREE;
      names[1] = NULL_TREE;
      cst2 = NULL_TREE;
      if (rhs_code == BIT_AND_EXPR
          || (CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (rhs_code)
              && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (val))
              && TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (val))
              && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt)))
                 > prec))
        {
          name2 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
          if (rhs_code == BIT_AND_EXPR)
            cst2 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (def_stmt);
          else
            {
              cst2 = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (val));
              nprec = TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (name2));
            }
          if (TREE_CODE (name2) == SSA_NAME
              && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (name2))
              && TREE_CODE (cst2) == INTEGER_CST
              && !integer_zerop (cst2)
              && (nprec > 1
                  || TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (val))))
            {
              gimple *def_stmt2 = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name2);
              if (gimple_assign_cast_p (def_stmt2))
                {
                  names[1] = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt2);
                  if (!CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt2))
                      || !INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (names[1]))
                      || (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (name2))
                          != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (names[1]))))
                    names[1] = NULL_TREE;
                }
              names[0] = name2;
            }
        }
      if (names[0] || names[1])
        {
          wide_int minv, maxv, valv, cst2v;
          wide_int tem, sgnbit;
          bool valid_p = false, valn, cst2n;
          enum tree_code ccode = comp_code;

          valv = wide_int::from (val, nprec, UNSIGNED);
          cst2v = wide_int::from (cst2, nprec, UNSIGNED);
          valn = wi::neg_p (valv, TYPE_SIGN (TREE_TYPE (val)));
          cst2n = wi::neg_p (cst2v, TYPE_SIGN (TREE_TYPE (val)));
          /* If CST2 doesn't have most significant bit set,
             but VAL is negative, we have comparison like
             if ((x & 0x123) > -4) (always true).  Just give up.  */
          if (!cst2n && valn)
            ccode = ERROR_MARK;
          if (cst2n)
            sgnbit = wi::set_bit_in_zero (nprec - 1, nprec);
          else
            sgnbit = wi::zero (nprec);
          minv = valv & cst2v;
          switch (ccode)
            {
            case EQ_EXPR:
              /* Minimum unsigned value for equality is VAL & CST2
                 (should be equal to VAL, otherwise we probably should
                 have folded the comparison into false) and
                 maximum unsigned value is VAL | ~CST2.  */
              maxv = valv | ~cst2v;
              valid_p = true;
              break;

            case NE_EXPR:
              tem = valv | ~cst2v;
              /* If VAL is 0, handle (X & CST2) != 0 as (X & CST2) > 0U.  */
              if (valv == 0)
                {
                  cst2n = false;
                  sgnbit = wi::zero (nprec);
                  goto gt_expr;
                }
              /* If (VAL | ~CST2) is all ones, handle it as
                 (X & CST2) < VAL.  */
              if (tem == -1)
                {
                  cst2n = false;
                  valn = false;
                  sgnbit = wi::zero (nprec);
                  goto lt_expr;
                }
              if (!cst2n && wi::neg_p (cst2v))
                sgnbit = wi::set_bit_in_zero (nprec - 1, nprec);
              if (sgnbit != 0)
                {
                  if (valv == sgnbit)
                    {
                      cst2n = true;
                      valn = true;
                      goto gt_expr;
                    }
                  if (tem == wi::mask (nprec - 1, false, nprec))
                    {
                      cst2n = true;
                      goto lt_expr;
                    }
                  if (!cst2n)
                    sgnbit = wi::zero (nprec);
                }
              break;

            case GE_EXPR:
              /* Minimum unsigned value for >= if (VAL & CST2) == VAL
                 is VAL and maximum unsigned value is ~0.  For signed
                 comparison, if CST2 doesn't have most significant bit
                 set, handle it similarly.  If CST2 has MSB set,
                 the minimum is the same, and maximum is ~0U/2.  */
              if (minv != valv)
                {
                  /* If (VAL & CST2) != VAL, X & CST2 can't be equal to
                     VAL.  */
                  minv = masked_increment (valv, cst2v, sgnbit, nprec);
                  if (minv == valv)
                    break;
                }
              maxv = wi::mask (nprec - (cst2n ? 1 : 0), false, nprec);
              valid_p = true;
              break;

            case GT_EXPR:
            gt_expr:
              /* Find out smallest MINV where MINV > VAL
                 && (MINV & CST2) == MINV, if any.  If VAL is signed and
                 CST2 has MSB set, compute it biased by 1 << (nprec - 1).  */
              minv = masked_increment (valv, cst2v, sgnbit, nprec);
              if (minv == valv)
                break;
              maxv = wi::mask (nprec - (cst2n ? 1 : 0), false, nprec);
              valid_p = true;
              break;

            case LE_EXPR:
              /* Minimum unsigned value for <= is 0 and maximum
                 unsigned value is VAL | ~CST2 if (VAL & CST2) == VAL.
                 Otherwise, find smallest VAL2 where VAL2 > VAL
                 && (VAL2 & CST2) == VAL2 and use (VAL2 - 1) | ~CST2
                 as maximum.
                 For signed comparison, if CST2 doesn't have most
                 significant bit set, handle it similarly.  If CST2 has
                 MSB set, the maximum is the same and minimum is INT_MIN.  */
              if (minv == valv)
                maxv = valv;
              else
                {
                  maxv = masked_increment (valv, cst2v, sgnbit, nprec);
                  if (maxv == valv)
                    break;
                  maxv -= 1;
                }
              maxv |= ~cst2v;
              minv = sgnbit;
              valid_p = true;
              break;

            case LT_EXPR:
            lt_expr:
              /* Minimum unsigned value for < is 0 and maximum
                 unsigned value is (VAL-1) | ~CST2 if (VAL & CST2) == VAL.
                 Otherwise, find smallest VAL2 where VAL2 > VAL
                 && (VAL2 & CST2) == VAL2 and use (VAL2 - 1) | ~CST2
                 as maximum.
                 For signed comparison, if CST2 doesn't have most
                 significant bit set, handle it similarly.  If CST2 has
                 MSB set, the maximum is the same and minimum is INT_MIN.  */
              if (minv == valv)
                {
                  if (valv == sgnbit)
                    break;
                  maxv = valv;
                }
              else
                {
                  maxv = masked_increment (valv, cst2v, sgnbit, nprec);
                  if (maxv == valv)
                    break;
                }
              maxv -= 1;
              maxv |= ~cst2v;
              minv = sgnbit;
              valid_p = true;
              break;

            default:
              break;
            }
          if (valid_p
              && (maxv - minv) != -1)
            {
              tree tmp, new_val, type;
              int i;

              for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
                if (names[i])
                  {
                    wide_int maxv2 = maxv;
                    tmp = names[i];
                    type = TREE_TYPE (names[i]);
                    if (!TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
                      {
                        type = build_nonstandard_integer_type (nprec, 1);
                        tmp = build1 (NOP_EXPR, type, names[i]);
                      }
                    if (minv != 0)
                      {
                        tmp = build2 (PLUS_EXPR, type, tmp,
                                      wide_int_to_tree (type, -minv));
                        maxv2 = maxv - minv;
                      }
                    new_val = wide_int_to_tree (type, maxv2);

                    if (dump_file)
                      {
                        fprintf (dump_file, "Adding assert for ");
                        print_generic_expr (dump_file, names[i]);
                        fprintf (dump_file, " from ");
                        print_generic_expr (dump_file, tmp);
                        fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
                      }

                    add_assert_info (asserts, names[i], tmp, LE_EXPR, new_val);
                  }
            }
        }
    }
}

/* OP is an operand of a truth value expression which is known to have
   a particular value.  Register any asserts for OP and for any
   operands in OP's defining statement.

   If CODE is EQ_EXPR, then we want to register OP is zero (false),
   if CODE is NE_EXPR, then we want to register OP is nonzero (true).   */

static void
register_edge_assert_for_1 (tree op, enum tree_code code,
                            edge e, vec<assert_info> &asserts)
{
  gimple *op_def;
  tree val;
  enum tree_code rhs_code;

  /* We only care about SSA_NAMEs.  */
  if (TREE_CODE (op) != SSA_NAME)
    return;

  /* We know that OP will have a zero or nonzero value.  */
  val = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (op), 0);
  add_assert_info (asserts, op, op, code, val);

  /* Now look at how OP is set.  If it's set from a comparison,
     a truth operation or some bit operations, then we may be able
     to register information about the operands of that assignment.  */
  op_def = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (op);
  if (gimple_code (op_def) != GIMPLE_ASSIGN)
    return;

  rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (op_def);

  if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (rhs_code) == tcc_comparison)
    {
      bool invert = (code == EQ_EXPR ? true : false);
      tree op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (op_def);
      tree op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (op_def);

      if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME)
        register_edge_assert_for_2 (op0, e, rhs_code, op0, op1, invert, asserts);
      if (TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME)
        register_edge_assert_for_2 (op1, e, rhs_code, op0, op1, invert, asserts);
    }
  else if ((code == NE_EXPR
            && gimple_assign_rhs_code (op_def) == BIT_AND_EXPR)
           || (code == EQ_EXPR
               && gimple_assign_rhs_code (op_def) == BIT_IOR_EXPR))
    {
      /* Recurse on each operand.  */
      tree op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (op_def);
      tree op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (op_def);
      if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME
          && has_single_use (op0))
        register_edge_assert_for_1 (op0, code, e, asserts);
      if (TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME
          && has_single_use (op1))
        register_edge_assert_for_1 (op1, code, e, asserts);
    }
  else if (gimple_assign_rhs_code (op_def) == BIT_NOT_EXPR
           && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_lhs (op_def))) == 1)
    {
      /* Recurse, flipping CODE.  */
      code = invert_tree_comparison (code, false);
      register_edge_assert_for_1 (gimple_assign_rhs1 (op_def), code, e, asserts);
    }
  else if (gimple_assign_rhs_code (op_def) == SSA_NAME)
    {
      /* Recurse through the copy.  */
      register_edge_assert_for_1 (gimple_assign_rhs1 (op_def), code, e, asserts);
    }
  else if (CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (gimple_assign_rhs_code (op_def)))
    {
      /* Recurse through the type conversion, unless it is a narrowing
         conversion or conversion from non-integral type.  */
      tree rhs = gimple_assign_rhs1 (op_def);
      if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs))
          && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (rhs))
              <= TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (op))))
        register_edge_assert_for_1 (rhs, code, e, asserts);
    }
}

/* Check if comparison
     NAME COND_OP INTEGER_CST
   has a form of
     (X & 11...100..0) COND_OP XX...X00...0
   Such comparison can yield assertions like
     X >= XX...X00...0
     X <= XX...X11...1
   in case of COND_OP being NE_EXPR or
     X < XX...X00...0
     X > XX...X11...1
   in case of EQ_EXPR.  */

static bool
is_masked_range_test (tree name, tree valt, enum tree_code cond_code,
                      tree *new_name, tree *low, enum tree_code *low_code,
                      tree *high, enum tree_code *high_code)
{
  gimple *def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name);

  if (!is_gimple_assign (def_stmt)
      || gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt) != BIT_AND_EXPR)
    return false;

  tree t = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
  tree maskt = gimple_assign_rhs2 (def_stmt);
  if (TREE_CODE (t) != SSA_NAME || TREE_CODE (maskt) != INTEGER_CST)
    return false;

  wide_int mask = maskt;
  wide_int inv_mask = ~mask;
  wide_int val = valt;  // Assume VALT is INTEGER_CST

  if ((inv_mask & (inv_mask + 1)) != 0
      || (val & mask) != val)
    return false;

  bool is_range = cond_code == EQ_EXPR;

  tree type = TREE_TYPE (t);
  wide_int min = wi::min_value (type),
    max = wi::max_value (type);

  if (is_range)
    {
      *low_code = val == min ? ERROR_MARK : GE_EXPR;
      *high_code = val == max ? ERROR_MARK : LE_EXPR;
    }
  else
    {
      /* We can still generate assertion if one of alternatives
         is known to always be false.  */
      if (val == min)
        {
          *low_code = (enum tree_code) 0;
          *high_code = GT_EXPR;
        }
      else if ((val | inv_mask) == max)
        {
          *low_code = LT_EXPR;
          *high_code = (enum tree_code) 0;
        }
      else
        return false;
    }

  *new_name = t;
  *low = wide_int_to_tree (type, val);
  *high = wide_int_to_tree (type, val | inv_mask);

  if (wi::neg_p (val, TYPE_SIGN (type)))
    std::swap (*low, *high);

  return true;
}

/* Try to register an edge assertion for SSA name NAME on edge E for
   the condition COND contributing to the conditional jump pointed to by
   SI.  */

static void
register_edge_assert_for (tree name, edge e,
                          enum tree_code cond_code, tree cond_op0,
                          tree cond_op1, vec<assert_info> &asserts)
{
  tree val;
  enum tree_code comp_code;
  bool is_else_edge = (e->flags & EDGE_FALSE_VALUE) != 0;

  /* Do not attempt to infer anything in names that flow through
     abnormal edges.  */
  if (SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (name))
    return;

  if (!extract_code_and_val_from_cond_with_ops (name, cond_code,
                                                cond_op0, cond_op1,
                                                is_else_edge,
                                                &comp_code, &val))
    return;

  /* Register ASSERT_EXPRs for name.  */
  register_edge_assert_for_2 (name, e, cond_code, cond_op0,
                              cond_op1, is_else_edge, asserts);


  /* If COND is effectively an equality test of an SSA_NAME against
     the value zero or one, then we may be able to assert values
     for SSA_NAMEs which flow into COND.  */

  /* In the case of NAME == 1 or NAME != 0, for BIT_AND_EXPR defining
     statement of NAME we can assert both operands of the BIT_AND_EXPR
     have nonzero value.  */
  if (((comp_code == EQ_EXPR && integer_onep (val))
       || (comp_code == NE_EXPR && integer_zerop (val))))
    {
      gimple *def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name);

      if (is_gimple_assign (def_stmt)
          && gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt) == BIT_AND_EXPR)
        {
          tree op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
          tree op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (def_stmt);
          register_edge_assert_for_1 (op0, NE_EXPR, e, asserts);
          register_edge_assert_for_1 (op1, NE_EXPR, e, asserts);
        }
    }

  /* In the case of NAME == 0 or NAME != 1, for BIT_IOR_EXPR defining
     statement of NAME we can assert both operands of the BIT_IOR_EXPR
     have zero value.  */
  if (((comp_code == EQ_EXPR && integer_zerop (val))
       || (comp_code == NE_EXPR && integer_onep (val))))
    {
      gimple *def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name);

      /* For BIT_IOR_EXPR only if NAME == 0 both operands have
         necessarily zero value, or if type-precision is one.  */
      if (is_gimple_assign (def_stmt)
          && (gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt) == BIT_IOR_EXPR
              && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (name)) == 1
                  || comp_code == EQ_EXPR)))
        {
          tree op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
          tree op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (def_stmt);
          register_edge_assert_for_1 (op0, EQ_EXPR, e, asserts);
          register_edge_assert_for_1 (op1, EQ_EXPR, e, asserts);
        }
    }

  /* Sometimes we can infer ranges from (NAME & MASK) == VALUE.  */
  if ((comp_code == EQ_EXPR || comp_code == NE_EXPR)
      && TREE_CODE (val) == INTEGER_CST)
    {
      enum tree_code low_code, high_code;
      tree low, high;
      if (is_masked_range_test (name, val, comp_code, &name, &low,
                                &low_code, &high, &high_code))
        {
          if (low_code != ERROR_MARK)
            register_edge_assert_for_2 (name, e, low_code, name,
                                        low, /*invert*/false, asserts);
          if (high_code != ERROR_MARK)
            register_edge_assert_for_2 (name, e, high_code, name,
                                        high, /*invert*/false, asserts);
        }
    }
}

/* Finish found ASSERTS for E and register them at GSI.  */

static void
finish_register_edge_assert_for (edge e, gimple_stmt_iterator gsi,
                                 vec<assert_info> &asserts)
{
  for (unsigned i = 0; i < asserts.length (); ++i)
    /* Only register an ASSERT_EXPR if NAME was found in the sub-graph
       reachable from E.  */
    if (live_on_edge (e, asserts[i].name))
      register_new_assert_for (asserts[i].name, asserts[i].expr,
                               asserts[i].comp_code, asserts[i].val,
                               NULL, e, gsi);
}



/* Determine whether the outgoing edges of BB should receive an
   ASSERT_EXPR for each of the operands of BB's LAST statement.
   The last statement of BB must be a COND_EXPR.

   If any of the sub-graphs rooted at BB have an interesting use of
   the predicate operands, an assert location node is added to the
   list of assertions for the corresponding operands.  */

static void
find_conditional_asserts (basic_block bb, gcond *last)
{
  gimple_stmt_iterator bsi;
  tree op;
  edge_iterator ei;
  edge e;
  ssa_op_iter iter;

  bsi = gsi_for_stmt (last);

  /* Look for uses of the operands in each of the sub-graphs
     rooted at BB.  We need to check each of the outgoing edges
     separately, so that we know what kind of ASSERT_EXPR to
     insert.  */
  FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
    {
      if (e->dest == bb)
        continue;

      /* Register the necessary assertions for each operand in the
         conditional predicate.  */
      auto_vec<assert_info, 8> asserts;
      FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (op, last, iter, SSA_OP_USE)
        register_edge_assert_for (op, e,
                                  gimple_cond_code (last),
                                  gimple_cond_lhs (last),
                                  gimple_cond_rhs (last), asserts);
      finish_register_edge_assert_for (e, bsi, asserts);
    }
}

struct case_info
{
  tree expr;
  basic_block bb;
};

/* Compare two case labels sorting first by the destination bb index
   and then by the case value.  */

static int
compare_case_labels (const void *p1, const void *p2)
{
  const struct case_info *ci1 = (const struct case_info *) p1;
  const struct case_info *ci2 = (const struct case_info *) p2;
  int idx1 = ci1->bb->index;
  int idx2 = ci2->bb->index;

  if (idx1 < idx2)
    return -1;
  else if (idx1 == idx2)
    {
      /* Make sure the default label is first in a group.  */
      if (!CASE_LOW (ci1->expr))
        return -1;
      else if (!CASE_LOW (ci2->expr))
        return 1;
      else
        return tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_LOW (ci1->expr),
                                     CASE_LOW (ci2->expr));
    }
  else
    return 1;
}

/* Determine whether the outgoing edges of BB should receive an
   ASSERT_EXPR for each of the operands of BB's LAST statement.
   The last statement of BB must be a SWITCH_EXPR.

   If any of the sub-graphs rooted at BB have an interesting use of
   the predicate operands, an assert location node is added to the
   list of assertions for the corresponding operands.  */

static void
find_switch_asserts (basic_block bb, gswitch *last)
{
  gimple_stmt_iterator bsi;
  tree op;
  edge e;
  struct case_info *ci;
  size_t n = gimple_switch_num_labels (last);
#if GCC_VERSION >= 4000
  unsigned int idx;
#else
  /* Work around GCC 3.4 bug (PR 37086).  */
  volatile unsigned int idx;
#endif

  bsi = gsi_for_stmt (last);
  op = gimple_switch_index (last);
  if (TREE_CODE (op) != SSA_NAME)
    return;

  /* Build a vector of case labels sorted by destination label.  */
  ci = XNEWVEC (struct case_info, n);
  for (idx = 0; idx < n; ++idx)
    {
      ci[idx].expr = gimple_switch_label (last, idx);
      ci[idx].bb = label_to_block (CASE_LABEL (ci[idx].expr));
    }
  edge default_edge = find_edge (bb, ci[0].bb);
  qsort (ci, n, sizeof (struct case_info), compare_case_labels);

  for (idx = 0; idx < n; ++idx)
    {
      tree min, max;
      tree cl = ci[idx].expr;
      basic_block cbb = ci[idx].bb;

      min = CASE_LOW (cl);
      max = CASE_HIGH (cl);

      /* If there are multiple case labels with the same destination
         we need to combine them to a single value range for the edge.  */
      if (idx + 1 < n && cbb == ci[idx + 1].bb)
        {
          /* Skip labels until the last of the group.  */
          do {
            ++idx;
          } while (idx < n && cbb == ci[idx].bb);
          --idx;

          /* Pick up the maximum of the case label range.  */
          if (CASE_HIGH (ci[idx].expr))
            max = CASE_HIGH (ci[idx].expr);
          else
            max = CASE_LOW (ci[idx].expr);
        }

      /* Can't extract a useful assertion out of a range that includes the
         default label.  */
      if (min == NULL_TREE)
        continue;

      /* Find the edge to register the assert expr on.  */
      e = find_edge (bb, cbb);

      /* Register the necessary assertions for the operand in the
         SWITCH_EXPR.  */
      auto_vec<assert_info, 8> asserts;
      register_edge_assert_for (op, e,
                                max ? GE_EXPR : EQ_EXPR,
                                op, fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (op), min),
                                asserts);
      if (max)
        register_edge_assert_for (op, e, LE_EXPR, op,
                                  fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (op), max),
                                  asserts);
      finish_register_edge_assert_for (e, bsi, asserts);
    }

  XDELETEVEC (ci);

  if (!live_on_edge (default_edge, op))
    return;

  /* Now register along the default label assertions that correspond to the
     anti-range of each label.  */
  int insertion_limit = PARAM_VALUE (PARAM_MAX_VRP_SWITCH_ASSERTIONS);
  if (insertion_limit == 0)
    return;

  /* We can't do this if the default case shares a label with another case.  */
  tree default_cl = gimple_switch_default_label (last);
  for (idx = 1; idx < n; idx++)
    {
      tree min, max;
      tree cl = gimple_switch_label (last, idx);
      if (CASE_LABEL (cl) == CASE_LABEL (default_cl))
        continue;

      min = CASE_LOW (cl);
      max = CASE_HIGH (cl);

      /* Combine contiguous case ranges to reduce the number of assertions
         to insert.  */
      for (idx = idx + 1; idx < n; idx++)
        {
          tree next_min, next_max;
          tree next_cl = gimple_switch_label (last, idx);
          if (CASE_LABEL (next_cl) == CASE_LABEL (default_cl))
            break;

          next_min = CASE_LOW (next_cl);
          next_max = CASE_HIGH (next_cl);

          wide_int difference = wi::sub (next_min, max ? max : min);
          if (wi::eq_p (difference, 1))
            max = next_max ? next_max : next_min;
          else
            break;
        }
      idx--;

      if (max == NULL_TREE)
        {
          /* Register the assertion OP != MIN.  */
          auto_vec<assert_info, 8> asserts;
          min = fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (op), min);
          register_edge_assert_for (op, default_edge, NE_EXPR, op, min,
                                    asserts);
          finish_register_edge_assert_for (default_edge, bsi, asserts);
        }
      else
        {
          /* Register the assertion (unsigned)OP - MIN > (MAX - MIN),
             which will give OP the anti-range ~[MIN,MAX].  */
          tree uop = fold_convert (unsigned_type_for (TREE_TYPE (op)), op);
          min = fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (uop), min);
          max = fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (uop), max);

          tree lhs = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (uop), uop, min);
          tree rhs = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, max, min);
          register_new_assert_for (op, lhs, GT_EXPR, rhs,
                                   NULL, default_edge, bsi);
        }

      if (--insertion_limit == 0)
        break;
    }
}


/* Traverse all the statements in block BB looking for statements that
   may generate useful assertions for the SSA names in their operand.
   If a statement produces a useful assertion A for name N_i, then the
   list of assertions already generated for N_i is scanned to
   determine if A is actually needed.

   If N_i already had the assertion A at a location dominating the
   current location, then nothing needs to be done.  Otherwise, the
   new location for A is recorded instead.

   1- For every statement S in BB, all the variables used by S are
      added to bitmap FOUND_IN_SUBGRAPH.

   2- If statement S uses an operand N in a way that exposes a known
      value range for N, then if N was not already generated by an
      ASSERT_EXPR, create a new assert location for N.  For instance,
      if N is a pointer and the statement dereferences it, we can
      assume that N is not NULL.

   3- COND_EXPRs are a special case of #2.  We can derive range
      information from the predicate but need to insert different
      ASSERT_EXPRs for each of the sub-graphs rooted at the
      conditional block.  If the last statement of BB is a conditional
      expression of the form 'X op Y', then

      a) Remove X and Y from the set FOUND_IN_SUBGRAPH.

      b) If the conditional is the only entry point to the sub-graph
         corresponding to the THEN_CLAUSE, recurse into it.  On
         return, if X and/or Y are marked in FOUND_IN_SUBGRAPH, then
         an ASSERT_EXPR is added for the corresponding variable.

      c) Repeat step (b) on the ELSE_CLAUSE.

      d) Mark X and Y in FOUND_IN_SUBGRAPH.

      For instance,

            if (a == 9)
              b = a;
            else
              b = c + 1;

      In this case, an assertion on the THEN clause is useful to
      determine that 'a' is always 9 on that edge.  However, an assertion
      on the ELSE clause would be unnecessary.

   4- If BB does not end in a conditional expression, then we recurse
      into BB's dominator children.

   At the end of the recursive traversal, every SSA name will have a
   list of locations where ASSERT_EXPRs should be added.  When a new
   location for name N is found, it is registered by calling
   register_new_assert_for.  That function keeps track of all the
   registered assertions to prevent adding unnecessary assertions.
   For instance, if a pointer P_4 is dereferenced more than once in a
   dominator tree, only the location dominating all the dereference of
   P_4 will receive an ASSERT_EXPR.  */

static void
find_assert_locations_1 (basic_block bb, sbitmap live)
{
  gimple *last;

  last = last_stmt (bb);

  /* If BB's last statement is a conditional statement involving integer
     operands, determine if we need to add ASSERT_EXPRs.  */
  if (last
      && gimple_code (last) == GIMPLE_COND
      && !fp_predicate (last)
      && !ZERO_SSA_OPERANDS (last, SSA_OP_USE))
    find_conditional_asserts (bb, as_a <gcond *> (last));

  /* If BB's last statement is a switch statement involving integer
     operands, determine if we need to add ASSERT_EXPRs.  */
  if (last
      && gimple_code (last) == GIMPLE_SWITCH
      && !ZERO_SSA_OPERANDS (last, SSA_OP_USE))
    find_switch_asserts (bb, as_a <gswitch *> (last));

  /* Traverse all the statements in BB marking used names and looking
     for statements that may infer assertions for their used operands.  */
  for (gimple_stmt_iterator si = gsi_last_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (si);
       gsi_prev (&si))
    {
      gimple *stmt;
      tree op;
      ssa_op_iter i;

      stmt = gsi_stmt (si);

      if (is_gimple_debug (stmt))
        continue;

      /* See if we can derive an assertion for any of STMT's operands.  */
      FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (op, stmt, i, SSA_OP_USE)
        {
          tree value;
          enum tree_code comp_code;

          /* If op is not live beyond this stmt, do not bother to insert
             asserts for it.  */
          if (!bitmap_bit_p (live, SSA_NAME_VERSION (op)))
            continue;

          /* If OP is used in such a way that we can infer a value
             range for it, and we don't find a previous assertion for
             it, create a new assertion location node for OP.  */
          if (infer_value_range (stmt, op, &comp_code, &value))
            {
              /* If we are able to infer a nonzero value range for OP,
                 then walk backwards through the use-def chain to see if OP
                 was set via a typecast.

                 If so, then we can also infer a nonzero value range
                 for the operand of the NOP_EXPR.  */
              if (comp_code == NE_EXPR && integer_zerop (value))
                {
                  tree t = op;
                  gimple *def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (t);

                  while (is_gimple_assign (def_stmt)
                         && CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P
                             (gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt))
                         && TREE_CODE
                             (gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt)) == SSA_NAME
                         && POINTER_TYPE_P
                             (TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt))))
                    {
                      t = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
                      def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (t);

                      /* Note we want to register the assert for the
                         operand of the NOP_EXPR after SI, not after the
                         conversion.  */
                      if (bitmap_bit_p (live, SSA_NAME_VERSION (t)))
                        register_new_assert_for (t, t, comp_code, value,
                                                 bb, NULL, si);
                    }
                }

              register_new_assert_for (op, op, comp_code, value, bb, NULL, si);
            }
        }

      /* Update live.  */
      FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (op, stmt, i, SSA_OP_USE)
        bitmap_set_bit (live, SSA_NAME_VERSION (op));
      FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (op, stmt, i, SSA_OP_DEF)
        bitmap_clear_bit (live, SSA_NAME_VERSION (op));
    }

  /* Traverse all PHI nodes in BB, updating live.  */
  for (gphi_iterator si = gsi_start_phis (bb); !gsi_end_p (si);
       gsi_next (&si))
    {
      use_operand_p arg_p;
      ssa_op_iter i;
      gphi *phi = si.phi ();
      tree res = gimple_phi_result (phi);

      if (virtual_operand_p (res))
        continue;

      FOR_EACH_PHI_ARG (arg_p, phi, i, SSA_OP_USE)
        {
          tree arg = USE_FROM_PTR (arg_p);
          if (TREE_CODE (arg) == SSA_NAME)
            bitmap_set_bit (live, SSA_NAME_VERSION (arg));
        }

      bitmap_clear_bit (live, SSA_NAME_VERSION (res));
    }
}

/* Do an RPO walk over the function computing SSA name liveness
   on-the-fly and deciding on assert expressions to insert.  */

static void
find_assert_locations (void)
{
  int *rpo = XNEWVEC (int, last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun));
  int *bb_rpo = XNEWVEC (int, last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun));
  int *last_rpo = XCNEWVEC (int, last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun));
  int rpo_cnt, i;

  live = XCNEWVEC (sbitmap, last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun));
  rpo_cnt = pre_and_rev_post_order_compute (NULL, rpo, false);
  for (i = 0; i < rpo_cnt; ++i)
    bb_rpo[rpo[i]] = i;

  /* Pre-seed loop latch liveness from loop header PHI nodes.  Due to
     the order we compute liveness and insert asserts we otherwise
     fail to insert asserts into the loop latch.  */
  loop_p loop;
  FOR_EACH_LOOP (loop, 0)
    {
      i = loop->latch->index;
      unsigned int j = single_succ_edge (loop->latch)->dest_idx;
      for (gphi_iterator gsi = gsi_start_phis (loop->header);
           !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
        {
          gphi *phi = gsi.phi ();
          if (virtual_operand_p (gimple_phi_result (phi)))
            continue;
          tree arg = gimple_phi_arg_def (phi, j);
          if (TREE_CODE (arg) == SSA_NAME)
            {
              if (live[i] == NULL)
                {
                  live[i] = sbitmap_alloc (num_ssa_names);
                  bitmap_clear (live[i]);
                }
              bitmap_set_bit (live[i], SSA_NAME_VERSION (arg));
            }
        }
    }

  for (i = rpo_cnt - 1; i >= 0; --i)
    {
      basic_block bb = BASIC_BLOCK_FOR_FN (cfun, rpo[i]);
      edge e;
      edge_iterator ei;

      if (!live[rpo[i]])
        {
          live[rpo[i]] = sbitmap_alloc (num_ssa_names);
          bitmap_clear (live[rpo[i]]);
        }

      /* Process BB and update the live information with uses in
         this block.  */
      find_assert_locations_1 (bb, live[rpo[i]]);

      /* Merge liveness into the predecessor blocks and free it.  */
      if (!bitmap_empty_p (live[rpo[i]]))
        {
          int pred_rpo = i;
          FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds)
            {
              int pred = e->src->index;
              if ((e->flags & EDGE_DFS_BACK) || pred == ENTRY_BLOCK)
                continue;

              if (!live[pred])
                {
                  live[pred] = sbitmap_alloc (num_ssa_names);
                  bitmap_clear (live[pred]);
                }
              bitmap_ior (live[pred], live[pred], live[rpo[i]]);

              if (bb_rpo[pred] < pred_rpo)
                pred_rpo = bb_rpo[pred];
            }

          /* Record the RPO number of the last visited block that needs
             live information from this block.  */
          last_rpo[rpo[i]] = pred_rpo;
        }
      else
        {
          sbitmap_free (live[rpo[i]]);
          live[rpo[i]] = NULL;
        }

      /* We can free all successors live bitmaps if all their
         predecessors have been visited already.  */
      FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
        if (last_rpo[e->dest->index] == i
            && live[e->dest->index])
          {
            sbitmap_free (live[e->dest->index]);
            live[e->dest->index] = NULL;
          }
    }

  XDELETEVEC (rpo);
  XDELETEVEC (bb_rpo);
  XDELETEVEC (last_rpo);
  for (i = 0; i < last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun); ++i)
    if (live[i])
      sbitmap_free (live[i]);
  XDELETEVEC (live);
}

/* Create an ASSERT_EXPR for NAME and insert it in the location
   indicated by LOC.  Return true if we made any edge insertions.  */

static bool
process_assert_insertions_for (tree name, assert_locus *loc)
{
  /* Build the comparison expression NAME_i COMP_CODE VAL.  */
  gimple *stmt;
  tree cond;
  gimple *assert_stmt;
  edge_iterator ei;
  edge e;

  /* If we have X <=> X do not insert an assert expr for that.  */
  if (loc->expr == loc->val)
    return false;

  cond = build2 (loc->comp_code, boolean_type_node, loc->expr, loc->val);
  assert_stmt = build_assert_expr_for (cond, name);
  if (loc->e)
    {
      /* We have been asked to insert the assertion on an edge.  This
         is used only by COND_EXPR and SWITCH_EXPR assertions.  */
      gcc_checking_assert (gimple_code (gsi_stmt (loc->si)) == GIMPLE_COND
                           || (gimple_code (gsi_stmt (loc->si))
                               == GIMPLE_SWITCH));

      gsi_insert_on_edge (loc->e, assert_stmt);
      return true;
    }

  /* If the stmt iterator points at the end then this is an insertion
     at the beginning of a block.  */
  if (gsi_end_p (loc->si))
    {
      gimple_stmt_iterator si = gsi_after_labels (loc->bb);
      gsi_insert_before (&si, assert_stmt, GSI_SAME_STMT);
      return false;

    }
  /* Otherwise, we can insert right after LOC->SI iff the
     statement must not be the last statement in the block.  */
  stmt = gsi_stmt (loc->si);
  if (!stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt))
    {
      gsi_insert_after (&loc->si, assert_stmt, GSI_SAME_STMT);
      return false;
    }

  /* If STMT must be the last statement in BB, we can only insert new
     assertions on the non-abnormal edge out of BB.  Note that since
     STMT is not control flow, there may only be one non-abnormal/eh edge
     out of BB.  */
  FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, loc->bb->succs)
    if (!(e->flags & (EDGE_ABNORMAL|EDGE_EH)))
      {
        gsi_insert_on_edge (e, assert_stmt);
        return true;
      }

  gcc_unreachable ();
}

/* Qsort helper for sorting assert locations.  If stable is true, don't
   use iterative_hash_expr because it can be unstable for -fcompare-debug,
   on the other side some pointers might be NULL.  */

template <bool stable>
static int
compare_assert_loc (const void *pa, const void *pb)
{
  assert_locus * const a = *(assert_locus * const *)pa;
  assert_locus * const b = *(assert_locus * const *)pb;

  /* If stable, some asserts might be optimized away already, sort
     them last.  */
  if (stable)
    {
      if (a == NULL)
        return b != NULL;
      else if (b == NULL)
        return -1;
    }

  if (a->e == NULL && b->e != NULL)
    return 1;
  else if (a->e != NULL && b->e == NULL)
    return -1;

  /* After the above checks, we know that (a->e == NULL) == (b->e == NULL),
     no need to test both a->e and b->e.  */

  /* Sort after destination index.  */
  if (a->e == NULL)
    ;
  else if (a->e->dest->index > b->e->dest->index)
    return 1;
  else if (a->e->dest->index < b->e->dest->index)
    return -1;

  /* Sort after comp_code.  */
  if (a->comp_code > b->comp_code)
    return 1;
  else if (a->comp_code < b->comp_code)
    return -1;

  hashval_t ha, hb;

  /* E.g. if a->val is ADDR_EXPR of a VAR_DECL, iterative_hash_expr
     uses DECL_UID of the VAR_DECL, so sorting might differ between
     -g and -g0.  When doing the removal of redundant assert exprs
     and commonization to successors, this does not matter, but for
     the final sort needs to be stable.  */
  if (stable)
    {
      ha = 0;
      hb = 0;
    }
  else
    {
      ha = iterative_hash_expr (a->expr, iterative_hash_expr (a->val, 0));
      hb = iterative_hash_expr (b->expr, iterative_hash_expr (b->val, 0));
    }

  /* Break the tie using hashing and source/bb index.  */
  if (ha == hb)
    return (a->e != NULL
            ? a->e->src->index - b->e->src->index
            : a->bb->index - b->bb->index);
  return ha > hb ? 1 : -1;
}

/* Process all the insertions registered for every name N_i registered
   in NEED_ASSERT_FOR.  The list of assertions to be inserted are
   found in ASSERTS_FOR[i].  */

static void
process_assert_insertions (void)
{
  unsigned i;
  bitmap_iterator bi;
  bool update_edges_p = false;
  int num_asserts = 0;

  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
    dump_all_asserts (dump_file);

  EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (need_assert_for, 0, i, bi)
    {
      assert_locus *loc = asserts_for[i];
      gcc_assert (loc);

      auto_vec<assert_locus *, 16> asserts;
      for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
        asserts.safe_push (loc);
      asserts.qsort (compare_assert_loc<false>);

      /* Push down common asserts to successors and remove redundant ones.  */
      unsigned ecnt = 0;
      assert_locus *common = NULL;
      unsigned commonj = 0;
      for (unsigned j = 0; j < asserts.length (); ++j)
        {
          loc = asserts[j];
          if (! loc->e)
            common = NULL;
          else if (! common
                   || loc->e->dest != common->e->dest
                   || loc->comp_code != common->comp_code
                   || ! operand_equal_p (loc->val, common->val, 0)
                   || ! operand_equal_p (loc->expr, common->expr, 0))
            {
              commonj = j;
              common = loc;
              ecnt = 1;
            }
          else if (loc->e == asserts[j-1]->e)
            {
              /* Remove duplicate asserts.  */
              if (commonj == j - 1)
                {
                  commonj = j;
                  common = loc;
                }
              free (asserts[j-1]);
              asserts[j-1] = NULL;
            }
          else
            {
              ecnt++;
              if (EDGE_COUNT (common->e->dest->preds) == ecnt)
                {
                  /* We have the same assertion on all incoming edges of a BB.
                     Insert it at the beginning of that block.  */
                  loc->bb = loc->e->dest;
                  loc->e = NULL;
                  loc->si = gsi_none ();
                  common = NULL;
                  /* Clear asserts commoned.  */
                  for (; commonj != j; ++commonj)
                    if (asserts[commonj])
                      {
                        free (asserts[commonj]);
                        asserts[commonj] = NULL;
                      }
                }
            }
        }

      /* The asserts vector sorting above might be unstable for
         -fcompare-debug, sort again to ensure a stable sort.  */
      asserts.qsort (compare_assert_loc<true>);
      for (unsigned j = 0; j < asserts.length (); ++j)
        {
          loc = asserts[j];
          if (! loc)
            break;
          update_edges_p |= process_assert_insertions_for (ssa_name (i), loc);
          num_asserts++;
          free (loc);
        }
    }

  if (update_edges_p)
    gsi_commit_edge_inserts ();

  statistics_counter_event (cfun, "Number of ASSERT_EXPR expressions inserted",
                            num_asserts);
}


/* Traverse the flowgraph looking for conditional jumps to insert range
   expressions.  These range expressions are meant to provide information
   to optimizations that need to reason in terms of value ranges.  They
   will not be expanded into RTL.  For instance, given:

   x = ...
   y = ...
   if (x < y)
     y = x - 2;
   else
     x = y + 3;

   this pass will transform the code into:

   x = ...
   y = ...
   if (x < y)
    {
      x = ASSERT_EXPR <x, x < y>
      y = x - 2
    }
   else
    {
      y = ASSERT_EXPR <y, x >= y>
      x = y + 3
    }

   The idea is that once copy and constant propagation have run, other
   optimizations will be able to determine what ranges of values can 'x'
   take in different paths of the code, simply by checking the reaching
   definition of 'x'.  */

static void
insert_range_assertions (void)
{
  need_assert_for = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL);
  asserts_for = XCNEWVEC (assert_locus *, num_ssa_names);

  calculate_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);

  find_assert_locations ();
  if (!bitmap_empty_p (need_assert_for))
    {
      process_assert_insertions ();
      update_ssa (TODO_update_ssa_no_phi);
    }

  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
    {
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nSSA form after inserting ASSERT_EXPRs\n");
      dump_function_to_file (current_function_decl, dump_file, dump_flags);
    }

  free (asserts_for);
  BITMAP_FREE (need_assert_for);
}

/* Checks one ARRAY_REF in REF, located at LOCUS. Ignores flexible arrays
   and "struct" hacks. If VRP can determine that the
   array subscript is a constant, check if it is outside valid
   range. If the array subscript is a RANGE, warn if it is
   non-overlapping with valid range.
   IGNORE_OFF_BY_ONE is true if the ARRAY_REF is inside a ADDR_EXPR.  */

static void
check_array_ref (location_t location, tree ref, bool ignore_off_by_one)
{
  value_range *vr = NULL;
  tree low_sub, up_sub;
  tree low_bound, up_bound, up_bound_p1;

  if (TREE_NO_WARNING (ref))
    return;

  low_sub = up_sub = TREE_OPERAND (ref, 1);
  up_bound = array_ref_up_bound (ref);

  /* Can not check flexible arrays.  */
  if (!up_bound
      || TREE_CODE (up_bound) != INTEGER_CST)
    return;

  /* Accesses to trailing arrays via pointers may access storage
     beyond the types array bounds.  */
  if (warn_array_bounds < 2
      && array_at_struct_end_p (ref))
    return;

  low_bound = array_ref_low_bound (ref);
  up_bound_p1 = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, up_bound,
                                 build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (up_bound), 1));

  /* Empty array.  */
  if (tree_int_cst_equal (low_bound, up_bound_p1))
    {
      warning_at (location, OPT_Warray_bounds,
                  "array subscript is above array bounds");
      TREE_NO_WARNING (ref) = 1;
    }

  if (TREE_CODE (low_sub) == SSA_NAME)
    {
      vr = get_value_range (low_sub);
      if (vr->type == VR_RANGE || vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        {
          low_sub = vr->type == VR_RANGE ? vr->max : vr->min;
          up_sub = vr->type == VR_RANGE ? vr->min : vr->max;
        }
    }

  if (vr && vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
    {
      if (TREE_CODE (up_sub) == INTEGER_CST
          && (ignore_off_by_one
              ? tree_int_cst_lt (up_bound, up_sub)
              : tree_int_cst_le (up_bound, up_sub))
          && TREE_CODE (low_sub) == INTEGER_CST
          && tree_int_cst_le (low_sub, low_bound))
        {
          warning_at (location, OPT_Warray_bounds,
                      "array subscript is outside array bounds");
          TREE_NO_WARNING (ref) = 1;
        }
    }
  else if (TREE_CODE (up_sub) == INTEGER_CST
           && (ignore_off_by_one
               ? !tree_int_cst_le (up_sub, up_bound_p1)
               : !tree_int_cst_le (up_sub, up_bound)))
    {
      if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
        {
          fprintf (dump_file, "Array bound warning for ");
          dump_generic_expr (MSG_NOTE, TDF_SLIM, ref);
          fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
        }
      warning_at (location, OPT_Warray_bounds,
                  "array subscript is above array bounds");
      TREE_NO_WARNING (ref) = 1;
    }
  else if (TREE_CODE (low_sub) == INTEGER_CST
           && tree_int_cst_lt (low_sub, low_bound))
    {
      if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
        {
          fprintf (dump_file, "Array bound warning for ");
          dump_generic_expr (MSG_NOTE, TDF_SLIM, ref);
          fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
        }
      warning_at (location, OPT_Warray_bounds,
                  "array subscript is below array bounds");
      TREE_NO_WARNING (ref) = 1;
    }
}

/* Searches if the expr T, located at LOCATION computes
   address of an ARRAY_REF, and call check_array_ref on it.  */

static void
search_for_addr_array (tree t, location_t location)
{
  /* Check each ARRAY_REFs in the reference chain. */
  do
    {
      if (TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_REF)
        check_array_ref (location, t, true /*ignore_off_by_one*/);

      t = TREE_OPERAND (t, 0);
    }
  while (handled_component_p (t));

  if (TREE_CODE (t) == MEM_REF
      && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (t, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR
      && !TREE_NO_WARNING (t))
    {
      tree tem = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (t, 0), 0);
      tree low_bound, up_bound, el_sz;
      offset_int idx;
      if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)) != ARRAY_TYPE
          || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (tem))) == ARRAY_TYPE
          || !TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (tem)))
        return;

      low_bound = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
      up_bound = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
      el_sz = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (tem)));
      if (!low_bound
          || TREE_CODE (low_bound) != INTEGER_CST
          || !up_bound
          || TREE_CODE (up_bound) != INTEGER_CST
          || !el_sz
          || TREE_CODE (el_sz) != INTEGER_CST)
        return;

      idx = mem_ref_offset (t);
      idx = wi::sdiv_trunc (idx, wi::to_offset (el_sz));
      if (idx < 0)
        {
          if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
            {
              fprintf (dump_file, "Array bound warning for ");
              dump_generic_expr (MSG_NOTE, TDF_SLIM, t);
              fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
            }
          warning_at (location, OPT_Warray_bounds,
                      "array subscript is below array bounds");
          TREE_NO_WARNING (t) = 1;
        }
      else if (idx > (wi::to_offset (up_bound)
                      - wi::to_offset (low_bound) + 1))
        {
          if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
            {
              fprintf (dump_file, "Array bound warning for ");
              dump_generic_expr (MSG_NOTE, TDF_SLIM, t);
              fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
            }
          warning_at (location, OPT_Warray_bounds,
                      "array subscript is above array bounds");
          TREE_NO_WARNING (t) = 1;
        }
    }
}

/* walk_tree() callback that checks if *TP is
   an ARRAY_REF inside an ADDR_EXPR (in which an array
   subscript one outside the valid range is allowed). Call
   check_array_ref for each ARRAY_REF found. The location is
   passed in DATA.  */

static tree
check_array_bounds (tree *tp, int *walk_subtree, void *data)
{
  tree t = *tp;
  struct walk_stmt_info *wi = (struct walk_stmt_info *) data;
  location_t location;

  if (EXPR_HAS_LOCATION (t))
    location = EXPR_LOCATION (t);
  else
    {
      location_t *locp = (location_t *) wi->info;
      location = *locp;
    }

  *walk_subtree = TRUE;

  if (TREE_CODE (t) == ARRAY_REF)
    check_array_ref (location, t, false /*ignore_off_by_one*/);

  else if (TREE_CODE (t) == ADDR_EXPR)
    {
      search_for_addr_array (t, location);
      *walk_subtree = FALSE;
    }

  return NULL_TREE;
}

/* Walk over all statements of all reachable BBs and call check_array_bounds
   on them.  */

static void
check_all_array_refs (void)
{
  basic_block bb;
  gimple_stmt_iterator si;

  FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
    {
      edge_iterator ei;
      edge e;
      bool executable = false;

      /* Skip blocks that were found to be unreachable.  */
      FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds)
        executable |= !!(e->flags & EDGE_EXECUTABLE);
      if (!executable)
        continue;

      for (si = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (si); gsi_next (&si))
        {
          gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (si);
          struct walk_stmt_info wi;
          if (!gimple_has_location (stmt)
              || is_gimple_debug (stmt))
            continue;

          memset (&wi, 0, sizeof (wi));

          location_t loc = gimple_location (stmt);
          wi.info = &loc;

          walk_gimple_op (gsi_stmt (si),
                          check_array_bounds,
                          &wi);
        }
    }
}

/* Return true if all imm uses of VAR are either in STMT, or
   feed (optionally through a chain of single imm uses) GIMPLE_COND
   in basic block COND_BB.  */

static bool
all_imm_uses_in_stmt_or_feed_cond (tree var, gimple *stmt, basic_block cond_bb)
{
  use_operand_p use_p, use2_p;
  imm_use_iterator iter;

  FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_FAST (use_p, iter, var)
    if (USE_STMT (use_p) != stmt)
      {
        gimple *use_stmt = USE_STMT (use_p), *use_stmt2;
        if (is_gimple_debug (use_stmt))
          continue;
        while (is_gimple_assign (use_stmt)
               && TREE_CODE (gimple_assign_lhs (use_stmt)) == SSA_NAME
               && single_imm_use (gimple_assign_lhs (use_stmt),
                                  &use2_p, &use_stmt2))
          use_stmt = use_stmt2;
        if (gimple_code (use_stmt) != GIMPLE_COND
            || gimple_bb (use_stmt) != cond_bb)
          return false;
      }
  return true;
}

/* Handle
   _4 = x_3 & 31;
   if (_4 != 0)
     goto <bb 6>;
   else
     goto <bb 7>;
   <bb 6>:
   __builtin_unreachable ();
   <bb 7>:
   x_5 = ASSERT_EXPR <x_3, ...>;
   If x_3 has no other immediate uses (checked by caller),
   var is the x_3 var from ASSERT_EXPR, we can clear low 5 bits
   from the non-zero bitmask.  */

static void
maybe_set_nonzero_bits (basic_block bb, tree var)
{
  edge e = single_pred_edge (bb);
  basic_block cond_bb = e->src;
  gimple *stmt = last_stmt (cond_bb);
  tree cst;

  if (stmt == NULL
      || gimple_code (stmt) != GIMPLE_COND
      || gimple_cond_code (stmt) != ((e->flags & EDGE_TRUE_VALUE)
                                     ? EQ_EXPR : NE_EXPR)
      || TREE_CODE (gimple_cond_lhs (stmt)) != SSA_NAME
      || !integer_zerop (gimple_cond_rhs (stmt)))
    return;

  stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (gimple_cond_lhs (stmt));
  if (!is_gimple_assign (stmt)
      || gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt) != BIT_AND_EXPR
      || TREE_CODE (gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt)) != INTEGER_CST)
    return;
  if (gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt) != var)
    {
      gimple *stmt2;

      if (TREE_CODE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt)) != SSA_NAME)
        return;
      stmt2 = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt));
      if (!gimple_assign_cast_p (stmt2)
          || gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt2) != var
          || !CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt2))
          || (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt)))
                              != TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (var))))
        return;
    }
  cst = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt);
  set_nonzero_bits (var, wi::bit_and_not (get_nonzero_bits (var), cst));
}

/* Convert range assertion expressions into the implied copies and
   copy propagate away the copies.  Doing the trivial copy propagation
   here avoids the need to run the full copy propagation pass after
   VRP.

   FIXME, this will eventually lead to copy propagation removing the
   names that had useful range information attached to them.  For
   instance, if we had the assertion N_i = ASSERT_EXPR <N_j, N_j > 3>,
   then N_i will have the range [3, +INF].

   However, by converting the assertion into the implied copy
   operation N_i = N_j, we will then copy-propagate N_j into the uses
   of N_i and lose the range information.  We may want to hold on to
   ASSERT_EXPRs a little while longer as the ranges could be used in
   things like jump threading.

   The problem with keeping ASSERT_EXPRs around is that passes after
   VRP need to handle them appropriately.

   Another approach would be to make the range information a first
   class property of the SSA_NAME so that it can be queried from
   any pass.  This is made somewhat more complex by the need for
   multiple ranges to be associated with one SSA_NAME.  */

static void
remove_range_assertions (void)
{
  basic_block bb;
  gimple_stmt_iterator si;
  /* 1 if looking at ASSERT_EXPRs immediately at the beginning of
     a basic block preceeded by GIMPLE_COND branching to it and
     __builtin_trap, -1 if not yet checked, 0 otherwise.  */
  int is_unreachable;

  /* Note that the BSI iterator bump happens at the bottom of the
     loop and no bump is necessary if we're removing the statement
     referenced by the current BSI.  */
  FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
    for (si = gsi_after_labels (bb), is_unreachable = -1; !gsi_end_p (si);)
      {
        gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (si);

        if (is_gimple_assign (stmt)
            && gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt) == ASSERT_EXPR)
          {
            tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt);
            tree rhs = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
            tree var;

            var = ASSERT_EXPR_VAR (rhs);

            if (TREE_CODE (var) == SSA_NAME
                && !POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs))
                && SSA_NAME_RANGE_INFO (lhs))
              {
                if (is_unreachable == -1)
                  {
                    is_unreachable = 0;
                    if (single_pred_p (bb)
                        && assert_unreachable_fallthru_edge_p
                                                    (single_pred_edge (bb)))
                      is_unreachable = 1;
                  }
                /* Handle
                   if (x_7 >= 10 && x_7 < 20)
                     __builtin_unreachable ();
                   x_8 = ASSERT_EXPR <x_7, ...>;
                   if the only uses of x_7 are in the ASSERT_EXPR and
                   in the condition.  In that case, we can copy the
                   range info from x_8 computed in this pass also
                   for x_7.  */
                if (is_unreachable
                    && all_imm_uses_in_stmt_or_feed_cond (var, stmt,
                                                          single_pred (bb)))
                  {
                    set_range_info (var, SSA_NAME_RANGE_TYPE (lhs),
                                    SSA_NAME_RANGE_INFO (lhs)->get_min (),
                                    SSA_NAME_RANGE_INFO (lhs)->get_max ());
                    maybe_set_nonzero_bits (bb, var);
                  }
              }

            /* Propagate the RHS into every use of the LHS.  For SSA names
               also propagate abnormals as it merely restores the original
               IL in this case (an replace_uses_by would assert).  */
            if (TREE_CODE (var) == SSA_NAME)
              {
                imm_use_iterator iter;
                use_operand_p use_p;
                gimple *use_stmt;
                FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_STMT (use_stmt, iter, lhs)
                  FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_ON_STMT (use_p, iter)
                    SET_USE (use_p, var);
              }
            else
              replace_uses_by (lhs, var);

            /* And finally, remove the copy, it is not needed.  */
            gsi_remove (&si, true);
            release_defs (stmt);
          }
        else
          {
            if (!is_gimple_debug (gsi_stmt (si)))
              is_unreachable = 0;
            gsi_next (&si);
          }
      }
}


/* Return true if STMT is interesting for VRP.  */

static bool
stmt_interesting_for_vrp (gimple *stmt)
{
  if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_PHI)
    {
      tree res = gimple_phi_result (stmt);
      return (!virtual_operand_p (res)
              && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (res))
                  || POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (res))));
    }
  else if (is_gimple_assign (stmt) || is_gimple_call (stmt))
    {
      tree lhs = gimple_get_lhs (stmt);

      /* In general, assignments with virtual operands are not useful
         for deriving ranges, with the obvious exception of calls to
         builtin functions.  */
      if (lhs && TREE_CODE (lhs) == SSA_NAME
          && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs))
              || POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs)))
          && (is_gimple_call (stmt)
              || !gimple_vuse (stmt)))
        return true;
      else if (is_gimple_call (stmt) && gimple_call_internal_p (stmt))
        switch (gimple_call_internal_fn (stmt))
          {
          case IFN_ADD_OVERFLOW:
          case IFN_SUB_OVERFLOW:
          case IFN_MUL_OVERFLOW:
          case IFN_ATOMIC_COMPARE_EXCHANGE:
            /* These internal calls return _Complex integer type,
               but are interesting to VRP nevertheless.  */
            if (lhs && TREE_CODE (lhs) == SSA_NAME)
              return true;
            break;
          default:
            break;
          }
    }
  else if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND
           || gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_SWITCH)
    return true;

  return false;
}

/* Initialize VRP lattice.  */

static void
vrp_initialize_lattice ()
{
  values_propagated = false;
  num_vr_values = num_ssa_names;
  vr_value = XCNEWVEC (value_range *, num_vr_values);
  vr_phi_edge_counts = XCNEWVEC (int, num_ssa_names);
  bitmap_obstack_initialize (&vrp_equiv_obstack);
}

/* Initialization required by ssa_propagate engine.  */

static void
vrp_initialize ()
{
  basic_block bb;

  FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
    {
      for (gphi_iterator si = gsi_start_phis (bb); !gsi_end_p (si);
           gsi_next (&si))
        {
          gphi *phi = si.phi ();
          if (!stmt_interesting_for_vrp (phi))
            {
              tree lhs = PHI_RESULT (phi);
              set_value_range_to_varying (get_value_range (lhs));
              prop_set_simulate_again (phi, false);
            }
          else
            prop_set_simulate_again (phi, true);
        }

      for (gimple_stmt_iterator si = gsi_start_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (si);
           gsi_next (&si))
        {
          gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (si);

          /* If the statement is a control insn, then we do not
             want to avoid simulating the statement once.  Failure
             to do so means that those edges will never get added.  */
          if (stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt))
            prop_set_simulate_again (stmt, true);
          else if (!stmt_interesting_for_vrp (stmt))
            {
              set_defs_to_varying (stmt);
              prop_set_simulate_again (stmt, false);
            }
          else
            prop_set_simulate_again (stmt, true);
        }
    }
}

/* Return the singleton value-range for NAME or NAME.  */

static inline tree
vrp_valueize (tree name)
{
  if (TREE_CODE (name) == SSA_NAME)
    {
      value_range *vr = get_value_range (name);
      if (vr->type == VR_RANGE
          && (TREE_CODE (vr->min) == SSA_NAME
              || is_gimple_min_invariant (vr->min))
          && vrp_operand_equal_p (vr->min, vr->max))
        return vr->min;
    }
  return name;
}

/* Return the singleton value-range for NAME if that is a constant
   but signal to not follow SSA edges.  */

static inline tree
vrp_valueize_1 (tree name)
{
  if (TREE_CODE (name) == SSA_NAME)
    {
      /* If the definition may be simulated again we cannot follow
         this SSA edge as the SSA propagator does not necessarily
         re-visit the use.  */
      gimple *def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name);
      if (!gimple_nop_p (def_stmt)
          && prop_simulate_again_p (def_stmt))
        return NULL_TREE;
      value_range *vr = get_value_range (name);
      if (range_int_cst_singleton_p (vr))
        return vr->min;
    }
  return name;
}

/* Visit assignment STMT.  If it produces an interesting range, record
   the range in VR and set LHS to OUTPUT_P.  */

static void
vrp_visit_assignment_or_call (gimple *stmt, tree *output_p, value_range *vr)
{
  tree lhs;
  enum gimple_code code = gimple_code (stmt);
  lhs = gimple_get_lhs (stmt);
  *output_p = NULL_TREE;

  /* We only keep track of ranges in integral and pointer types.  */
  if (TREE_CODE (lhs) == SSA_NAME
      && ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs))
           /* It is valid to have NULL MIN/MAX values on a type.  See
              build_range_type.  */
           && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (lhs))
           && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (lhs)))
          || POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs))))
    {
      *output_p = lhs;

      /* Try folding the statement to a constant first.  */
      tree tem = gimple_fold_stmt_to_constant_1 (stmt, vrp_valueize,
                                                 vrp_valueize_1);
      if (tem)
        {
          if (TREE_CODE (tem) == SSA_NAME
              && (SSA_NAME_IS_DEFAULT_DEF (tem)
                  || ! prop_simulate_again_p (SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (tem))))
            {
              extract_range_from_ssa_name (vr, tem);
              return;
            }
          else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (tem))
            {
              set_value_range_to_value (vr, tem, NULL);
              return;
            }
        }
      /* Then dispatch to value-range extracting functions.  */
      if (code == GIMPLE_CALL)
        extract_range_basic (vr, stmt);
      else
        extract_range_from_assignment (vr, as_a <gassign *> (stmt));
    }
}

/* Helper that gets the value range of the SSA_NAME with version I
   or a symbolic range containing the SSA_NAME only if the value range
   is varying or undefined.  */

static inline value_range
get_vr_for_comparison (int i)
{
  value_range vr = *get_value_range (ssa_name (i));

  /* If name N_i does not have a valid range, use N_i as its own
     range.  This allows us to compare against names that may
     have N_i in their ranges.  */
  if (vr.type == VR_VARYING || vr.type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    {
      vr.type = VR_RANGE;
      vr.min = ssa_name (i);
      vr.max = ssa_name (i);
    }

  return vr;
}

/* Compare all the value ranges for names equivalent to VAR with VAL
   using comparison code COMP.  Return the same value returned by
   compare_range_with_value, including the setting of
   *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P.  */

static tree
compare_name_with_value (enum tree_code comp, tree var, tree val,
                         bool *strict_overflow_p, bool use_equiv_p)
{
  bitmap_iterator bi;
  unsigned i;
  bitmap e;
  tree retval, t;
  int used_strict_overflow;
  bool sop;
  value_range equiv_vr;

  /* Get the set of equivalences for VAR.  */
  e = get_value_range (var)->equiv;

  /* Start at -1.  Set it to 0 if we do a comparison without relying
     on overflow, or 1 if all comparisons rely on overflow.  */
  used_strict_overflow = -1;

  /* Compare vars' value range with val.  */
  equiv_vr = get_vr_for_comparison (SSA_NAME_VERSION (var));
  sop = false;
  retval = compare_range_with_value (comp, &equiv_vr, val, &sop);
  if (retval)
    used_strict_overflow = sop ? 1 : 0;

  /* If the equiv set is empty we have done all work we need to do.  */
  if (e == NULL)
    {
      if (retval
          && used_strict_overflow > 0)
        *strict_overflow_p = true;
      return retval;
    }

  EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (e, 0, i, bi)
    {
      tree name = ssa_name (i);
      if (! name)
        continue;

      if (! use_equiv_p
          && ! SSA_NAME_IS_DEFAULT_DEF (name)
          && prop_simulate_again_p (SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (name)))
        continue;

      equiv_vr = get_vr_for_comparison (i);
      sop = false;
      t = compare_range_with_value (comp, &equiv_vr, val, &sop);
      if (t)
        {
          /* If we get different answers from different members
             of the equivalence set this check must be in a dead
             code region.  Folding it to a trap representation
             would be correct here.  For now just return don't-know.  */
          if (retval != NULL
              && t != retval)
            {
              retval = NULL_TREE;
              break;
            }
          retval = t;

          if (!sop)
            used_strict_overflow = 0;
          else if (used_strict_overflow < 0)
            used_strict_overflow = 1;
        }
    }

  if (retval
      && used_strict_overflow > 0)
    *strict_overflow_p = true;

  return retval;
}


/* Given a comparison code COMP and names N1 and N2, compare all the
   ranges equivalent to N1 against all the ranges equivalent to N2
   to determine the value of N1 COMP N2.  Return the same value
   returned by compare_ranges.  Set *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P to indicate
   whether we relied on undefined signed overflow in the comparison.  */


static tree
compare_names (enum tree_code comp, tree n1, tree n2,
               bool *strict_overflow_p)
{
  tree t, retval;
  bitmap e1, e2;
  bitmap_iterator bi1, bi2;
  unsigned i1, i2;
  int used_strict_overflow;
  static bitmap_obstack *s_obstack = NULL;
  static bitmap s_e1 = NULL, s_e2 = NULL;

  /* Compare the ranges of every name equivalent to N1 against the
     ranges of every name equivalent to N2.  */
  e1 = get_value_range (n1)->equiv;
  e2 = get_value_range (n2)->equiv;

  /* Use the fake bitmaps if e1 or e2 are not available.  */
  if (s_obstack == NULL)
    {
      s_obstack = XNEW (bitmap_obstack);
      bitmap_obstack_initialize (s_obstack);
      s_e1 = BITMAP_ALLOC (s_obstack);
      s_e2 = BITMAP_ALLOC (s_obstack);
    }
  if (e1 == NULL)
    e1 = s_e1;
  if (e2 == NULL)
    e2 = s_e2;

  /* Add N1 and N2 to their own set of equivalences to avoid
     duplicating the body of the loop just to check N1 and N2
     ranges.  */
  bitmap_set_bit (e1, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n1));
  bitmap_set_bit (e2, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n2));

  /* If the equivalence sets have a common intersection, then the two
     names can be compared without checking their ranges.  */
  if (bitmap_intersect_p (e1, e2))
    {
      bitmap_clear_bit (e1, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n1));
      bitmap_clear_bit (e2, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n2));

      return (comp == EQ_EXPR || comp == GE_EXPR || comp == LE_EXPR)
             ? boolean_true_node
             : boolean_false_node;
    }

  /* Start at -1.  Set it to 0 if we do a comparison without relying
     on overflow, or 1 if all comparisons rely on overflow.  */
  used_strict_overflow = -1;

  /* Otherwise, compare all the equivalent ranges.  First, add N1 and
     N2 to their own set of equivalences to avoid duplicating the body
     of the loop just to check N1 and N2 ranges.  */
  EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (e1, 0, i1, bi1)
    {
      if (! ssa_name (i1))
        continue;

      value_range vr1 = get_vr_for_comparison (i1);

      t = retval = NULL_TREE;
      EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_BITMAP (e2, 0, i2, bi2)
        {
          if (! ssa_name (i2))
            continue;

          bool sop = false;

          value_range vr2 = get_vr_for_comparison (i2);

          t = compare_ranges (comp, &vr1, &vr2, &sop);
          if (t)
            {
              /* If we get different answers from different members
                 of the equivalence set this check must be in a dead
                 code region.  Folding it to a trap representation
                 would be correct here.  For now just return don't-know.  */
              if (retval != NULL
                  && t != retval)
                {
                  bitmap_clear_bit (e1, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n1));
                  bitmap_clear_bit (e2, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n2));
                  return NULL_TREE;
                }
              retval = t;

              if (!sop)
                used_strict_overflow = 0;
              else if (used_strict_overflow < 0)
                used_strict_overflow = 1;
            }
        }

      if (retval)
        {
          bitmap_clear_bit (e1, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n1));
          bitmap_clear_bit (e2, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n2));
          if (used_strict_overflow > 0)
            *strict_overflow_p = true;
          return retval;
        }
    }

  /* None of the equivalent ranges are useful in computing this
     comparison.  */
  bitmap_clear_bit (e1, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n1));
  bitmap_clear_bit (e2, SSA_NAME_VERSION (n2));
  return NULL_TREE;
}

/* Helper function for vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv & other
   optimizers.  */

static tree
vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops_using_ranges (enum tree_code code,
                                                      tree op0, tree op1,
                                                      bool * strict_overflow_p)
{
  value_range *vr0, *vr1;

  vr0 = (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME) ? get_value_range (op0) : NULL;
  vr1 = (TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME) ? get_value_range (op1) : NULL;

  tree res = NULL_TREE;
  if (vr0 && vr1)
    res = compare_ranges (code, vr0, vr1, strict_overflow_p);
  if (!res && vr0)
    res = compare_range_with_value (code, vr0, op1, strict_overflow_p);
  if (!res && vr1)
    res = (compare_range_with_value
            (swap_tree_comparison (code), vr1, op0, strict_overflow_p));
  return res;
}

/* Helper function for vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv. */

static tree
vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops (enum tree_code code, tree op0,
                                         tree op1, bool use_equiv_p,
                                         bool *strict_overflow_p, bool *only_ranges)
{
  tree ret;
  if (only_ranges)
    *only_ranges = true;

  /* We only deal with integral and pointer types.  */
  if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (op0))
      && !POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
    return NULL_TREE;

  /* If OP0 CODE OP1 is an overflow comparison, if it can be expressed
     as a simple equality test, then prefer that over its current form
     for evaluation.

     An overflow test which collapses to an equality test can always be
     expressed as a comparison of one argument against zero.  Overflow
     occurs when the chosen argument is zero and does not occur if the
     chosen argument is not zero.  */
  tree x;
  if (overflow_comparison_p (code, op0, op1, use_equiv_p, &x))
    {
      wide_int max = wi::max_value (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (op0)), UNSIGNED);
      /* B = A - 1; if (A < B) -> B = A - 1; if (A == 0)
         B = A - 1; if (A > B) -> B = A - 1; if (A != 0)
         B = A + 1; if (B < A) -> B = A + 1; if (B == 0)
         B = A + 1; if (B > A) -> B = A + 1; if (B != 0) */
      if (integer_zerop (x))
        {
          op1 = x;
          code = (code == LT_EXPR || code == LE_EXPR) ? EQ_EXPR : NE_EXPR;
        }
      /* B = A + 1; if (A > B) -> B = A + 1; if (B == 0)
         B = A + 1; if (A < B) -> B = A + 1; if (B != 0)
         B = A - 1; if (B > A) -> B = A - 1; if (A == 0)
         B = A - 1; if (B < A) -> B = A - 1; if (A != 0) */
      else if (wi::eq_p (x, max - 1))
        {
          op0 = op1;
          op1 = wide_int_to_tree (TREE_TYPE (op0), 0);
          code = (code == GT_EXPR || code == GE_EXPR) ? EQ_EXPR : NE_EXPR;
        }
    }

  if ((ret = vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops_using_ranges
               (code, op0, op1, strict_overflow_p)))
    return ret;
  if (only_ranges)
    *only_ranges = false;
  /* Do not use compare_names during propagation, it's quadratic.  */
  if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME && TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME
      && use_equiv_p)
    return compare_names (code, op0, op1, strict_overflow_p);
  else if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME)
    return compare_name_with_value (code, op0, op1,
                                    strict_overflow_p, use_equiv_p);
  else if (TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME)
    return compare_name_with_value (swap_tree_comparison (code), op1, op0,
                                    strict_overflow_p, use_equiv_p);
  return NULL_TREE;
}

/* Given (CODE OP0 OP1) within STMT, try to simplify it based on value range
   information.  Return NULL if the conditional can not be evaluated.
   The ranges of all the names equivalent with the operands in COND
   will be used when trying to compute the value.  If the result is
   based on undefined signed overflow, issue a warning if
   appropriate.  */

static tree
vrp_evaluate_conditional (tree_code code, tree op0, tree op1, gimple *stmt)
{
  bool sop;
  tree ret;
  bool only_ranges;

  /* Some passes and foldings leak constants with overflow flag set
     into the IL.  Avoid doing wrong things with these and bail out.  */
  if ((TREE_CODE (op0) == INTEGER_CST
       && TREE_OVERFLOW (op0))
      || (TREE_CODE (op1) == INTEGER_CST
          && TREE_OVERFLOW (op1)))
    return NULL_TREE;

  sop = false;
  ret = vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops (code, op0, op1, true, &sop,
                                                 &only_ranges);

  if (ret && sop)
    {
      enum warn_strict_overflow_code wc;
      const char* warnmsg;

      if (is_gimple_min_invariant (ret))
        {
          wc = WARN_STRICT_OVERFLOW_CONDITIONAL;
          warnmsg = G_("assuming signed overflow does not occur when "
                       "simplifying conditional to constant");
        }
      else
        {
          wc = WARN_STRICT_OVERFLOW_COMPARISON;
          warnmsg = G_("assuming signed overflow does not occur when "
                       "simplifying conditional");
        }

      if (issue_strict_overflow_warning (wc))
        {
          location_t location;

          if (!gimple_has_location (stmt))
            location = input_location;
          else
            location = gimple_location (stmt);
          warning_at (location, OPT_Wstrict_overflow, "%s", warnmsg);
        }
    }

  if (warn_type_limits
      && ret && only_ranges
      && TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == tcc_comparison
      && TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME)
    {
      /* If the comparison is being folded and the operand on the LHS
         is being compared against a constant value that is outside of
         the natural range of OP0's type, then the predicate will
         always fold regardless of the value of OP0.  If -Wtype-limits
         was specified, emit a warning.  */
      tree type = TREE_TYPE (op0);
      value_range *vr0 = get_value_range (op0);

      if (vr0->type == VR_RANGE
          && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type)
          && vrp_val_is_min (vr0->min)
          && vrp_val_is_max (vr0->max)
          && is_gimple_min_invariant (op1))
        {
          location_t location;

          if (!gimple_has_location (stmt))
            location = input_location;
          else
            location = gimple_location (stmt);

          warning_at (location, OPT_Wtype_limits,
                      integer_zerop (ret)
                      ? G_("comparison always false "
                           "due to limited range of data type")
                      : G_("comparison always true "
                           "due to limited range of data type"));
        }
    }

  return ret;
}


/* Visit conditional statement STMT.  If we can determine which edge
   will be taken out of STMT's basic block, record it in
   *TAKEN_EDGE_P.  Otherwise, set *TAKEN_EDGE_P to NULL.  */

static void
vrp_visit_cond_stmt (gcond *stmt, edge *taken_edge_p)
{
  tree val;

  *taken_edge_p = NULL;

  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
    {
      tree use;
      ssa_op_iter i;

      fprintf (dump_file, "\nVisiting conditional with predicate: ");
      print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0);
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nWith known ranges\n");

      FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (use, stmt, i, SSA_OP_USE)
        {
          fprintf (dump_file, "\t");
          print_generic_expr (dump_file, use);
          fprintf (dump_file, ": ");
          dump_value_range (dump_file, vr_value[SSA_NAME_VERSION (use)]);
        }

      fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
    }

  /* Compute the value of the predicate COND by checking the known
     ranges of each of its operands.

     Note that we cannot evaluate all the equivalent ranges here
     because those ranges may not yet be final and with the current
     propagation strategy, we cannot determine when the value ranges
     of the names in the equivalence set have changed.

     For instance, given the following code fragment

        i_5 = PHI <8, i_13>
        ...
        i_14 = ASSERT_EXPR <i_5, i_5 != 0>
        if (i_14 == 1)
          ...

     Assume that on the first visit to i_14, i_5 has the temporary
     range [8, 8] because the second argument to the PHI function is
     not yet executable.  We derive the range ~[0, 0] for i_14 and the
     equivalence set { i_5 }.  So, when we visit 'if (i_14 == 1)' for
     the first time, since i_14 is equivalent to the range [8, 8], we
     determine that the predicate is always false.

     On the next round of propagation, i_13 is determined to be
     VARYING, which causes i_5 to drop down to VARYING.  So, another
     visit to i_14 is scheduled.  In this second visit, we compute the
     exact same range and equivalence set for i_14, namely ~[0, 0] and
     { i_5 }.  But we did not have the previous range for i_5
     registered, so vrp_visit_assignment thinks that the range for
     i_14 has not changed.  Therefore, the predicate 'if (i_14 == 1)'
     is not visited again, which stops propagation from visiting
     statements in the THEN clause of that if().

     To properly fix this we would need to keep the previous range
     value for the names in the equivalence set.  This way we would've
     discovered that from one visit to the other i_5 changed from
     range [8, 8] to VR_VARYING.

     However, fixing this apparent limitation may not be worth the
     additional checking.  Testing on several code bases (GCC, DLV,
     MICO, TRAMP3D and SPEC2000) showed that doing this results in
     4 more predicates folded in SPEC.  */

  bool sop;
  val = vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops (gimple_cond_code (stmt),
                                                 gimple_cond_lhs (stmt),
                                                 gimple_cond_rhs (stmt),
                                                 false, &sop, NULL);
  if (val)
    *taken_edge_p = find_taken_edge (gimple_bb (stmt), val);

  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
    {
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nPredicate evaluates to: ");
      if (val == NULL_TREE)
        fprintf (dump_file, "DON'T KNOW\n");
      else
        print_generic_stmt (dump_file, val);
    }
}

/* Searches the case label vector VEC for the index *IDX of the CASE_LABEL
   that includes the value VAL.  The search is restricted to the range
   [START_IDX, n - 1] where n is the size of VEC.

   If there is a CASE_LABEL for VAL, its index is placed in IDX and true is
   returned.

   If there is no CASE_LABEL for VAL and there is one that is larger than VAL,
   it is placed in IDX and false is returned.

   If VAL is larger than any CASE_LABEL, n is placed on IDX and false is
   returned. */

static bool
find_case_label_index (gswitch *stmt, size_t start_idx, tree val, size_t *idx)
{
  size_t n = gimple_switch_num_labels (stmt);
  size_t low, high;

  /* Find case label for minimum of the value range or the next one.
     At each iteration we are searching in [low, high - 1]. */

  for (low = start_idx, high = n; high != low; )
    {
      tree t;
      int cmp;
      /* Note that i != high, so we never ask for n. */
      size_t i = (high + low) / 2;
      t = gimple_switch_label (stmt, i);

      /* Cache the result of comparing CASE_LOW and val.  */
      cmp = tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_LOW (t), val);

      if (cmp == 0)
        {
          /* Ranges cannot be empty. */
          *idx = i;
          return true;
        }
      else if (cmp > 0)
        high = i;
      else
        {
          low = i + 1;
          if (CASE_HIGH (t) != NULL
              && tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_HIGH (t), val) >= 0)
            {
              *idx = i;
              return true;
            }
        }
    }

  *idx = high;
  return false;
}

/* Searches the case label vector VEC for the range of CASE_LABELs that is used
   for values between MIN and MAX. The first index is placed in MIN_IDX. The
   last index is placed in MAX_IDX. If the range of CASE_LABELs is empty
   then MAX_IDX < MIN_IDX.
   Returns true if the default label is not needed. */

static bool
find_case_label_range (gswitch *stmt, tree min, tree max, size_t *min_idx,
                       size_t *max_idx)
{
  size_t i, j;
  bool min_take_default = !find_case_label_index (stmt, 1, min, &i);
  bool max_take_default = !find_case_label_index (stmt, i, max, &j);

  if (i == j
      && min_take_default
      && max_take_default)
    {
      /* Only the default case label reached.
         Return an empty range. */
      *min_idx = 1;
      *max_idx = 0;
      return false;
    }
  else
    {
      bool take_default = min_take_default || max_take_default;
      tree low, high;
      size_t k;

      if (max_take_default)
        j--;

      /* If the case label range is continuous, we do not need
         the default case label.  Verify that.  */
      high = CASE_LOW (gimple_switch_label (stmt, i));
      if (CASE_HIGH (gimple_switch_label (stmt, i)))
        high = CASE_HIGH (gimple_switch_label (stmt, i));
      for (k = i + 1; k <= j; ++k)
        {
          low = CASE_LOW (gimple_switch_label (stmt, k));
          if (!integer_onep (int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, low, high)))
            {
              take_default = true;
              break;
            }
          high = low;
          if (CASE_HIGH (gimple_switch_label (stmt, k)))
            high = CASE_HIGH (gimple_switch_label (stmt, k));
        }

      *min_idx = i;
      *max_idx = j;
      return !take_default;
    }
}

/* Searches the case label vector VEC for the ranges of CASE_LABELs that are
   used in range VR.  The indices are placed in MIN_IDX1, MAX_IDX, MIN_IDX2 and
   MAX_IDX2.  If the ranges of CASE_LABELs are empty then MAX_IDX1 < MIN_IDX1.
   Returns true if the default label is not needed.  */

static bool
find_case_label_ranges (gswitch *stmt, value_range *vr, size_t *min_idx1,
                        size_t *max_idx1, size_t *min_idx2,
                        size_t *max_idx2)
{
  size_t i, j, k, l;
  unsigned int n = gimple_switch_num_labels (stmt);
  bool take_default;
  tree case_low, case_high;
  tree min = vr->min, max = vr->max;

  gcc_checking_assert (vr->type == VR_RANGE || vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE);

  take_default = !find_case_label_range (stmt, min, max, &i, &j);

  /* Set second range to emtpy.  */
  *min_idx2 = 1;
  *max_idx2 = 0;

  if (vr->type == VR_RANGE)
    {
      *min_idx1 = i;
      *max_idx1 = j;
      return !take_default;
    }

  /* Set first range to all case labels.  */
  *min_idx1 = 1;
  *max_idx1 = n - 1;

  if (i > j)
    return false;

  /* Make sure all the values of case labels [i , j] are contained in
     range [MIN, MAX].  */
  case_low = CASE_LOW (gimple_switch_label (stmt, i));
  case_high = CASE_HIGH (gimple_switch_label (stmt, j));
  if (tree_int_cst_compare (case_low, min) < 0)
    i += 1;
  if (case_high != NULL_TREE
      && tree_int_cst_compare (max, case_high) < 0)
    j -= 1;

  if (i > j)
    return false;

  /* If the range spans case labels [i, j], the corresponding anti-range spans
     the labels [1, i - 1] and [j + 1, n -  1].  */
  k = j + 1;
  l = n - 1;
  if (k > l)
    {
      k = 1;
      l = 0;
    }

  j = i - 1;
  i = 1;
  if (i > j)
    {
      i = k;
      j = l;
      k = 1;
      l = 0;
    }

  *min_idx1 = i;
  *max_idx1 = j;
  *min_idx2 = k;
  *max_idx2 = l;
  return false;
}

/* Visit switch statement STMT.  If we can determine which edge
   will be taken out of STMT's basic block, record it in
   *TAKEN_EDGE_P.  Otherwise, *TAKEN_EDGE_P set to NULL.  */

static void
vrp_visit_switch_stmt (gswitch *stmt, edge *taken_edge_p)
{
  tree op, val;
  value_range *vr;
  size_t i = 0, j = 0, k, l;
  bool take_default;

  *taken_edge_p = NULL;
  op = gimple_switch_index (stmt);
  if (TREE_CODE (op) != SSA_NAME)
    return;

  vr = get_value_range (op);
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
    {
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nVisiting switch expression with operand ");
      print_generic_expr (dump_file, op);
      fprintf (dump_file, " with known range ");
      dump_value_range (dump_file, vr);
      fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
    }

  if ((vr->type != VR_RANGE
       && vr->type != VR_ANTI_RANGE)
      || symbolic_range_p (vr))
    return;

  /* Find the single edge that is taken from the switch expression.  */
  take_default = !find_case_label_ranges (stmt, vr, &i, &j, &k, &l);

  /* Check if the range spans no CASE_LABEL. If so, we only reach the default
     label */
  if (j < i)
    {
      gcc_assert (take_default);
      val = gimple_switch_default_label (stmt);
    }
  else
    {
      /* Check if labels with index i to j and maybe the default label
         are all reaching the same label.  */

      val = gimple_switch_label (stmt, i);
      if (take_default
          && CASE_LABEL (gimple_switch_default_label (stmt))
          != CASE_LABEL (val))
        {
          if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
            fprintf (dump_file, "  not a single destination for this "
                     "range\n");
          return;
        }
      for (++i; i <= j; ++i)
        {
          if (CASE_LABEL (gimple_switch_label (stmt, i)) != CASE_LABEL (val))
            {
              if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
                fprintf (dump_file, "  not a single destination for this "
                         "range\n");
              return;
            }
        }
      for (; k <= l; ++k)
        {
          if (CASE_LABEL (gimple_switch_label (stmt, k)) != CASE_LABEL (val))
            {
              if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
                fprintf (dump_file, "  not a single destination for this "
                         "range\n");
              return;
            }
        }
    }

  *taken_edge_p = find_edge (gimple_bb (stmt),
                             label_to_block (CASE_LABEL (val)));

  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
    {
      fprintf (dump_file, "  will take edge to ");
      print_generic_stmt (dump_file, CASE_LABEL (val));
    }
}


/* Evaluate statement STMT.  If the statement produces a useful range,
   set VR and corepsponding OUTPUT_P.

   If STMT is a conditional branch and we can determine its truth
   value, the taken edge is recorded in *TAKEN_EDGE_P.  */

static void
extract_range_from_stmt (gimple *stmt, edge *taken_edge_p,
                         tree *output_p, value_range *vr)
{

  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
    {
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nVisiting statement:\n");
      print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0, dump_flags);
    }

  if (!stmt_interesting_for_vrp (stmt))
    gcc_assert (stmt_ends_bb_p (stmt));
  else if (is_gimple_assign (stmt) || is_gimple_call (stmt))
    vrp_visit_assignment_or_call (stmt, output_p, vr);
  else if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND)
    vrp_visit_cond_stmt (as_a <gcond *> (stmt), taken_edge_p);
  else if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_SWITCH)
    vrp_visit_switch_stmt (as_a <gswitch *> (stmt), taken_edge_p);
}

/* Evaluate statement STMT.  If the statement produces a useful range,
   return SSA_PROP_INTERESTING and record the SSA name with the
   interesting range into *OUTPUT_P.

   If STMT is a conditional branch and we can determine its truth
   value, the taken edge is recorded in *TAKEN_EDGE_P.

   If STMT produces a varying value, return SSA_PROP_VARYING.  */

static enum ssa_prop_result
vrp_visit_stmt (gimple *stmt, edge *taken_edge_p, tree *output_p)
{
  value_range vr = VR_INITIALIZER;
  tree lhs = gimple_get_lhs (stmt);
  extract_range_from_stmt (stmt, taken_edge_p, output_p, &vr);

  if (*output_p)
    {
      if (update_value_range (*output_p, &vr))
        {
          if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
            {
              fprintf (dump_file, "Found new range for ");
              print_generic_expr (dump_file, *output_p);
              fprintf (dump_file, ": ");
              dump_value_range (dump_file, &vr);
              fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
            }

          if (vr.type == VR_VARYING)
            return SSA_PROP_VARYING;

          return SSA_PROP_INTERESTING;
        }
      return SSA_PROP_NOT_INTERESTING;
    }

  if (is_gimple_call (stmt) && gimple_call_internal_p (stmt))
    switch (gimple_call_internal_fn (stmt))
      {
      case IFN_ADD_OVERFLOW:
      case IFN_SUB_OVERFLOW:
      case IFN_MUL_OVERFLOW:
      case IFN_ATOMIC_COMPARE_EXCHANGE:
        /* These internal calls return _Complex integer type,
           which VRP does not track, but the immediate uses
           thereof might be interesting.  */
        if (lhs && TREE_CODE (lhs) == SSA_NAME)
          {
            imm_use_iterator iter;
            use_operand_p use_p;
            enum ssa_prop_result res = SSA_PROP_VARYING;

            set_value_range_to_varying (get_value_range (lhs));

            FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_FAST (use_p, iter, lhs)
              {
                gimple *use_stmt = USE_STMT (use_p);
                if (!is_gimple_assign (use_stmt))
                  continue;
                enum tree_code rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (use_stmt);
                if (rhs_code != REALPART_EXPR && rhs_code != IMAGPART_EXPR)
                  continue;
                tree rhs1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (use_stmt);
                tree use_lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (use_stmt);
                if (TREE_CODE (rhs1) != rhs_code
                    || TREE_OPERAND (rhs1, 0) != lhs
                    || TREE_CODE (use_lhs) != SSA_NAME
                    || !stmt_interesting_for_vrp (use_stmt)
                    || (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (use_lhs))
                        || !TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (use_lhs))
                        || !TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (use_lhs))))
                  continue;

                /* If there is a change in the value range for any of the
                   REALPART_EXPR/IMAGPART_EXPR immediate uses, return
                   SSA_PROP_INTERESTING.  If there are any REALPART_EXPR
                   or IMAGPART_EXPR immediate uses, but none of them have
                   a change in their value ranges, return
                   SSA_PROP_NOT_INTERESTING.  If there are no
                   {REAL,IMAG}PART_EXPR uses at all,
                   return SSA_PROP_VARYING.  */
                value_range new_vr = VR_INITIALIZER;
                extract_range_basic (&new_vr, use_stmt);
                value_range *old_vr = get_value_range (use_lhs);
                if (old_vr->type != new_vr.type
                    || !vrp_operand_equal_p (old_vr->min, new_vr.min)
                    || !vrp_operand_equal_p (old_vr->max, new_vr.max)
                    || !vrp_bitmap_equal_p (old_vr->equiv, new_vr.equiv))
                  res = SSA_PROP_INTERESTING;
                else
                  res = SSA_PROP_NOT_INTERESTING;
                BITMAP_FREE (new_vr.equiv);
                if (res == SSA_PROP_INTERESTING)
                  {
                    *output_p = lhs;
                    return res;
                  }
              }

            return res;
          }
        break;
      default:
        break;
      }

  /* All other statements produce nothing of interest for VRP, so mark
     their outputs varying and prevent further simulation.  */
  set_defs_to_varying (stmt);

  return (*taken_edge_p) ? SSA_PROP_INTERESTING : SSA_PROP_VARYING;
}

/* Union the two value-ranges { *VR0TYPE, *VR0MIN, *VR0MAX } and
   { VR1TYPE, VR0MIN, VR0MAX } and store the result
   in { *VR0TYPE, *VR0MIN, *VR0MAX }.  This may not be the smallest
   possible such range.  The resulting range is not canonicalized.  */

static void
union_ranges (enum value_range_type *vr0type,
              tree *vr0min, tree *vr0max,
              enum value_range_type vr1type,
              tree vr1min, tree vr1max)
{
  bool mineq = vrp_operand_equal_p (*vr0min, vr1min);
  bool maxeq = vrp_operand_equal_p (*vr0max, vr1max);

  /* [] is vr0, () is vr1 in the following classification comments.  */
  if (mineq && maxeq)
    {
      /* [(  )] */
      if (*vr0type == vr1type)
        /* Nothing to do for equal ranges.  */
        ;
      else if ((*vr0type == VR_RANGE
                && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
               || (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
                   && vr1type == VR_RANGE))
        {
          /* For anti-range with range union the result is varying.  */
          goto give_up;
        }
      else
        gcc_unreachable ();
    }
  else if (operand_less_p (*vr0max, vr1min) == 1
           || operand_less_p (vr1max, *vr0min) == 1)
    {
      /* [ ] ( ) or ( ) [ ]
         If the ranges have an empty intersection, result of the union
         operation is the anti-range or if both are anti-ranges
         it covers all.  */
      if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
          && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        goto give_up;
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        ;
      else if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        {
          *vr0type = vr1type;
          *vr0min = vr1min;
          *vr0max = vr1max;
        }
      else if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          /* The result is the convex hull of both ranges.  */
          if (operand_less_p (*vr0max, vr1min) == 1)
            {
              /* If the result can be an anti-range, create one.  */
              if (TREE_CODE (*vr0max) == INTEGER_CST
                  && TREE_CODE (vr1min) == INTEGER_CST
                  && vrp_val_is_min (*vr0min)
                  && vrp_val_is_max (vr1max))
                {
                  tree min = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR,
                                              *vr0max,
                                              build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (*vr0max), 1));
                  tree max = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR,
                                              vr1min,
                                              build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr1min), 1));
                  if (!operand_less_p (max, min))
                    {
                      *vr0type = VR_ANTI_RANGE;
                      *vr0min = min;
                      *vr0max = max;
                    }
                  else
                    *vr0max = vr1max;
                }
              else
                *vr0max = vr1max;
            }
          else
            {
              /* If the result can be an anti-range, create one.  */
              if (TREE_CODE (vr1max) == INTEGER_CST
                  && TREE_CODE (*vr0min) == INTEGER_CST
                  && vrp_val_is_min (vr1min)
                  && vrp_val_is_max (*vr0max))
                {
                  tree min = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR,
                                              vr1max,
                                              build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr1max), 1));
                  tree max = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR,
                                              *vr0min,
                                              build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (*vr0min), 1));
                  if (!operand_less_p (max, min))
                    {
                      *vr0type = VR_ANTI_RANGE;
                      *vr0min = min;
                      *vr0max = max;
                    }
                  else
                    *vr0min = vr1min;
                }
              else
                *vr0min = vr1min;
            }
        }
      else
        gcc_unreachable ();
    }
  else if ((maxeq || operand_less_p (vr1max, *vr0max) == 1)
           && (mineq || operand_less_p (*vr0min, vr1min) == 1))
    {
      /* [ (  ) ] or [(  ) ] or [ (  )] */
      if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
          && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        ;
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        {
          *vr0type = vr1type;
          *vr0min = vr1min;
          *vr0max = vr1max;
        }
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          /* Arbitrarily choose the right or left gap.  */
          if (!mineq && TREE_CODE (vr1min) == INTEGER_CST)
            *vr0max = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, vr1min,
                                       build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr1min), 1));
          else if (!maxeq && TREE_CODE (vr1max) == INTEGER_CST)
            *vr0min = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, vr1max,
                                       build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr1max), 1));
          else
            goto give_up;
        }
      else if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        /* The result covers everything.  */
        goto give_up;
      else
        gcc_unreachable ();
    }
  else if ((maxeq || operand_less_p (*vr0max, vr1max) == 1)
           && (mineq || operand_less_p (vr1min, *vr0min) == 1))
    {
      /* ( [  ] ) or ([  ] ) or ( [  ]) */
      if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
          && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          *vr0type = vr1type;
          *vr0min = vr1min;
          *vr0max = vr1max;
        }
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        ;
      else if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        {
          *vr0type = VR_ANTI_RANGE;
          if (!mineq && TREE_CODE (*vr0min) == INTEGER_CST)
            {
              *vr0max = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, *vr0min,
                                         build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (*vr0min), 1));
              *vr0min = vr1min;
            }
          else if (!maxeq && TREE_CODE (*vr0max) == INTEGER_CST)
            {
              *vr0min = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, *vr0max,
                                         build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (*vr0max), 1));
              *vr0max = vr1max;
            }
          else
            goto give_up;
        }
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        /* The result covers everything.  */
        goto give_up;
      else
        gcc_unreachable ();
    }
  else if ((operand_less_p (vr1min, *vr0max) == 1
            || operand_equal_p (vr1min, *vr0max, 0))
           && operand_less_p (*vr0min, vr1min) == 1
           && operand_less_p (*vr0max, vr1max) == 1)
    {
      /* [  (  ]  ) or [   ](   ) */
      if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
          && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        *vr0max = vr1max;
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        *vr0min = vr1min;
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          if (TREE_CODE (vr1min) == INTEGER_CST)
            *vr0max = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, vr1min,
                                       build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr1min), 1));
          else
            goto give_up;
        }
      else if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        {
          if (TREE_CODE (*vr0max) == INTEGER_CST)
            {
              *vr0type = vr1type;
              *vr0min = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, *vr0max,
                                         build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (*vr0max), 1));
              *vr0max = vr1max;
            }
          else
            goto give_up;
        }
      else
        gcc_unreachable ();
    }
  else if ((operand_less_p (*vr0min, vr1max) == 1
            || operand_equal_p (*vr0min, vr1max, 0))
           && operand_less_p (vr1min, *vr0min) == 1
           && operand_less_p (vr1max, *vr0max) == 1)
    {
      /* (  [  )  ] or (   )[   ] */
      if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
          && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        *vr0min = vr1min;
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        *vr0max = vr1max;
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          if (TREE_CODE (vr1max) == INTEGER_CST)
            *vr0min = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, vr1max,
                                       build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr1max), 1));
          else
            goto give_up;
        }
      else if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        {
          if (TREE_CODE (*vr0min) == INTEGER_CST)
            {
              *vr0type = vr1type;
              *vr0min = vr1min;
              *vr0max = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, *vr0min,
                                         build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (*vr0min), 1));
            }
          else
            goto give_up;
        }
      else
        gcc_unreachable ();
    }
  else
    goto give_up;

  return;

give_up:
  *vr0type = VR_VARYING;
  *vr0min = NULL_TREE;
  *vr0max = NULL_TREE;
}

/* Intersect the two value-ranges { *VR0TYPE, *VR0MIN, *VR0MAX } and
   { VR1TYPE, VR0MIN, VR0MAX } and store the result
   in { *VR0TYPE, *VR0MIN, *VR0MAX }.  This may not be the smallest
   possible such range.  The resulting range is not canonicalized.  */

static void
intersect_ranges (enum value_range_type *vr0type,
                  tree *vr0min, tree *vr0max,
                  enum value_range_type vr1type,
                  tree vr1min, tree vr1max)
{
  bool mineq = vrp_operand_equal_p (*vr0min, vr1min);
  bool maxeq = vrp_operand_equal_p (*vr0max, vr1max);

  /* [] is vr0, () is vr1 in the following classification comments.  */
  if (mineq && maxeq)
    {
      /* [(  )] */
      if (*vr0type == vr1type)
        /* Nothing to do for equal ranges.  */
        ;
      else if ((*vr0type == VR_RANGE
                && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
               || (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
                   && vr1type == VR_RANGE))
        {
          /* For anti-range with range intersection the result is empty.  */
          *vr0type = VR_UNDEFINED;
          *vr0min = NULL_TREE;
          *vr0max = NULL_TREE;
        }
      else
        gcc_unreachable ();
    }
  else if (operand_less_p (*vr0max, vr1min) == 1
           || operand_less_p (vr1max, *vr0min) == 1)
    {
      /* [ ] ( ) or ( ) [ ]
         If the ranges have an empty intersection, the result of the
         intersect operation is the range for intersecting an
         anti-range with a range or empty when intersecting two ranges.  */
      if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
          && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        ;
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          *vr0type = vr1type;
          *vr0min = vr1min;
          *vr0max = vr1max;
        }
      else if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          *vr0type = VR_UNDEFINED;
          *vr0min = NULL_TREE;
          *vr0max = NULL_TREE;
        }
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        {
          /* If the anti-ranges are adjacent to each other merge them.  */
          if (TREE_CODE (*vr0max) == INTEGER_CST
              && TREE_CODE (vr1min) == INTEGER_CST
              && operand_less_p (*vr0max, vr1min) == 1
              && integer_onep (int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR,
                                                vr1min, *vr0max)))
            *vr0max = vr1max;
          else if (TREE_CODE (vr1max) == INTEGER_CST
                   && TREE_CODE (*vr0min) == INTEGER_CST
                   && operand_less_p (vr1max, *vr0min) == 1
                   && integer_onep (int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR,
                                                     *vr0min, vr1max)))
            *vr0min = vr1min;
          /* Else arbitrarily take VR0.  */
        }
    }
  else if ((maxeq || operand_less_p (vr1max, *vr0max) == 1)
           && (mineq || operand_less_p (*vr0min, vr1min) == 1))
    {
      /* [ (  ) ] or [(  ) ] or [ (  )] */
      if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
          && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          /* If both are ranges the result is the inner one.  */
          *vr0type = vr1type;
          *vr0min = vr1min;
          *vr0max = vr1max;
        }
      else if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        {
          /* Choose the right gap if the left one is empty.  */
          if (mineq)
            {
              if (TREE_CODE (vr1max) != INTEGER_CST)
                *vr0min = vr1max;
              else if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (vr1max)) == 1
                       && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (vr1max)))
                *vr0min
                  = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, vr1max,
                                     build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr1max), -1));
              else
                *vr0min
                  = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, vr1max,
                                     build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr1max), 1));
            }
          /* Choose the left gap if the right one is empty.  */
          else if (maxeq)
            {
              if (TREE_CODE (vr1min) != INTEGER_CST)
                *vr0max = vr1min;
              else if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (vr1min)) == 1
                       && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (vr1min)))
                *vr0max
                  = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, vr1min,
                                     build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr1min), -1));
              else
                *vr0max
                  = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, vr1min,
                                     build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr1min), 1));
            }
          /* Choose the anti-range if the range is effectively varying.  */
          else if (vrp_val_is_min (*vr0min)
                   && vrp_val_is_max (*vr0max))
            {
              *vr0type = vr1type;
              *vr0min = vr1min;
              *vr0max = vr1max;
            }
          /* Else choose the range.  */
        }
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        /* If both are anti-ranges the result is the outer one.  */
        ;
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          /* The intersection is empty.  */
          *vr0type = VR_UNDEFINED;
          *vr0min = NULL_TREE;
          *vr0max = NULL_TREE;
        }
      else
        gcc_unreachable ();
    }
  else if ((maxeq || operand_less_p (*vr0max, vr1max) == 1)
           && (mineq || operand_less_p (vr1min, *vr0min) == 1))
    {
      /* ( [  ] ) or ([  ] ) or ( [  ]) */
      if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
          && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        /* Choose the inner range.  */
        ;
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          /* Choose the right gap if the left is empty.  */
          if (mineq)
            {
              *vr0type = VR_RANGE;
              if (TREE_CODE (*vr0max) != INTEGER_CST)
                *vr0min = *vr0max;
              else if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (*vr0max)) == 1
                       && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (*vr0max)))
                *vr0min
                  = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, *vr0max,
                                     build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (*vr0max), -1));
              else
                *vr0min
                  = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, *vr0max,
                                     build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (*vr0max), 1));
              *vr0max = vr1max;
            }
          /* Choose the left gap if the right is empty.  */
          else if (maxeq)
            {
              *vr0type = VR_RANGE;
              if (TREE_CODE (*vr0min) != INTEGER_CST)
                *vr0max = *vr0min;
              else if (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (*vr0min)) == 1
                       && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (*vr0min)))
                *vr0max
                  = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, *vr0min,
                                     build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (*vr0min), -1));
              else
                *vr0max
                  = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, *vr0min,
                                     build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (*vr0min), 1));
              *vr0min = vr1min;
            }
          /* Choose the anti-range if the range is effectively varying.  */
          else if (vrp_val_is_min (vr1min)
                   && vrp_val_is_max (vr1max))
            ;
          /* Choose the anti-range if it is ~[0,0], that range is special
             enough to special case when vr1's range is relatively wide.  */
          else if (*vr0min == *vr0max
                   && integer_zerop (*vr0min)
                   && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (*vr0min))
                       == TYPE_PRECISION (ptr_type_node))
                   && TREE_CODE (vr1max) == INTEGER_CST
                   && TREE_CODE (vr1min) == INTEGER_CST
                   && (wi::clz (wi::sub (vr1max, vr1min))
                       < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (*vr0min)) / 2))
            ;
          /* Else choose the range.  */
          else
            {
              *vr0type = vr1type;
              *vr0min = vr1min;
              *vr0max = vr1max;
            }
        }
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        {
          /* If both are anti-ranges the result is the outer one.  */
          *vr0type = vr1type;
          *vr0min = vr1min;
          *vr0max = vr1max;
        }
      else if (vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && *vr0type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          /* The intersection is empty.  */
          *vr0type = VR_UNDEFINED;
          *vr0min = NULL_TREE;
          *vr0max = NULL_TREE;
        }
      else
        gcc_unreachable ();
    }
  else if ((operand_less_p (vr1min, *vr0max) == 1
            || operand_equal_p (vr1min, *vr0max, 0))
           && operand_less_p (*vr0min, vr1min) == 1)
    {
      /* [  (  ]  ) or [  ](  ) */
      if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
          && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        *vr0max = vr1max;
      else if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        *vr0min = vr1min;
      else if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        {
          if (TREE_CODE (vr1min) == INTEGER_CST)
            *vr0max = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, vr1min,
                                       build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr1min), 1));
          else
            *vr0max = vr1min;
        }
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          *vr0type = VR_RANGE;
          if (TREE_CODE (*vr0max) == INTEGER_CST)
            *vr0min = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, *vr0max,
                                       build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (*vr0max), 1));
          else
            *vr0min = *vr0max;
          *vr0max = vr1max;
        }
      else
        gcc_unreachable ();
    }
  else if ((operand_less_p (*vr0min, vr1max) == 1
            || operand_equal_p (*vr0min, vr1max, 0))
           && operand_less_p (vr1min, *vr0min) == 1)
    {
      /* (  [  )  ] or (  )[  ] */
      if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
          && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        *vr0min = vr1min;
      else if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        *vr0max = vr1max;
      else if (*vr0type == VR_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        {
          if (TREE_CODE (vr1max) == INTEGER_CST)
            *vr0min = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, vr1max,
                                       build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr1max), 1));
          else
            *vr0min = vr1max;
        }
      else if (*vr0type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && vr1type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          *vr0type = VR_RANGE;
          if (TREE_CODE (*vr0min) == INTEGER_CST)
            *vr0max = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, *vr0min,
                                       build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (*vr0min), 1));
          else
            *vr0max = *vr0min;
          *vr0min = vr1min;
        }
      else
        gcc_unreachable ();
    }

  /* As a fallback simply use { *VRTYPE, *VR0MIN, *VR0MAX } as
     result for the intersection.  That's always a conservative
     correct estimate unless VR1 is a constant singleton range
     in which case we choose that.  */
  if (vr1type == VR_RANGE
      && is_gimple_min_invariant (vr1min)
      && vrp_operand_equal_p (vr1min, vr1max))
    {
      *vr0type = vr1type;
      *vr0min = vr1min;
      *vr0max = vr1max;
    }

  return;
}


/* Intersect the two value-ranges *VR0 and *VR1 and store the result
   in *VR0.  This may not be the smallest possible such range.  */

static void
vrp_intersect_ranges_1 (value_range *vr0, value_range *vr1)
{
  value_range saved;

  /* If either range is VR_VARYING the other one wins.  */
  if (vr1->type == VR_VARYING)
    return;
  if (vr0->type == VR_VARYING)
    {
      copy_value_range (vr0, vr1);
      return;
    }

  /* When either range is VR_UNDEFINED the resulting range is
     VR_UNDEFINED, too.  */
  if (vr0->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    return;
  if (vr1->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    {
      set_value_range_to_undefined (vr0);
      return;
    }

  /* Save the original vr0 so we can return it as conservative intersection
     result when our worker turns things to varying.  */
  saved = *vr0;
  intersect_ranges (&vr0->type, &vr0->min, &vr0->max,
                    vr1->type, vr1->min, vr1->max);
  /* Make sure to canonicalize the result though as the inversion of a
     VR_RANGE can still be a VR_RANGE.  */
  set_and_canonicalize_value_range (vr0, vr0->type,
                                    vr0->min, vr0->max, vr0->equiv);
  /* If that failed, use the saved original VR0.  */
  if (vr0->type == VR_VARYING)
    {
      *vr0 = saved;
      return;
    }
  /* If the result is VR_UNDEFINED there is no need to mess with
     the equivalencies.  */
  if (vr0->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    return;

  /* The resulting set of equivalences for range intersection is the union of
     the two sets.  */
  if (vr0->equiv && vr1->equiv && vr0->equiv != vr1->equiv)
    bitmap_ior_into (vr0->equiv, vr1->equiv);
  else if (vr1->equiv && !vr0->equiv)
    {
      vr0->equiv = BITMAP_ALLOC (&vrp_equiv_obstack);
      bitmap_copy (vr0->equiv, vr1->equiv);
    }
}

void
vrp_intersect_ranges (value_range *vr0, value_range *vr1)
{
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
    {
      fprintf (dump_file, "Intersecting\n  ");
      dump_value_range (dump_file, vr0);
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nand\n  ");
      dump_value_range (dump_file, vr1);
      fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
    }
  vrp_intersect_ranges_1 (vr0, vr1);
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
    {
      fprintf (dump_file, "to\n  ");
      dump_value_range (dump_file, vr0);
      fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
    }
}

/* Meet operation for value ranges.  Given two value ranges VR0 and
   VR1, store in VR0 a range that contains both VR0 and VR1.  This
   may not be the smallest possible such range.  */

static void
vrp_meet_1 (value_range *vr0, const value_range *vr1)
{
  value_range saved;

  if (vr0->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    {
      set_value_range (vr0, vr1->type, vr1->min, vr1->max, vr1->equiv);
      return;
    }

  if (vr1->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    {
      /* VR0 already has the resulting range.  */
      return;
    }

  if (vr0->type == VR_VARYING)
    {
      /* Nothing to do.  VR0 already has the resulting range.  */
      return;
    }

  if (vr1->type == VR_VARYING)
    {
      set_value_range_to_varying (vr0);
      return;
    }

  saved = *vr0;
  union_ranges (&vr0->type, &vr0->min, &vr0->max,
                vr1->type, vr1->min, vr1->max);
  if (vr0->type == VR_VARYING)
    {
      /* Failed to find an efficient meet.  Before giving up and setting
         the result to VARYING, see if we can at least derive a useful
         anti-range.  FIXME, all this nonsense about distinguishing
         anti-ranges from ranges is necessary because of the odd
         semantics of range_includes_zero_p and friends.  */
      if (((saved.type == VR_RANGE
            && range_includes_zero_p (saved.min, saved.max) == 0)
           || (saved.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
               && range_includes_zero_p (saved.min, saved.max) == 1))
          && ((vr1->type == VR_RANGE
               && range_includes_zero_p (vr1->min, vr1->max) == 0)
              || (vr1->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
                  && range_includes_zero_p (vr1->min, vr1->max) == 1)))
        {
          set_value_range_to_nonnull (vr0, TREE_TYPE (saved.min));

          /* Since this meet operation did not result from the meeting of
             two equivalent names, VR0 cannot have any equivalences.  */
          if (vr0->equiv)
            bitmap_clear (vr0->equiv);
          return;
        }

      set_value_range_to_varying (vr0);
      return;
    }
  set_and_canonicalize_value_range (vr0, vr0->type, vr0->min, vr0->max,
                                    vr0->equiv);
  if (vr0->type == VR_VARYING)
    return;

  /* The resulting set of equivalences is always the intersection of
     the two sets.  */
  if (vr0->equiv && vr1->equiv && vr0->equiv != vr1->equiv)
    bitmap_and_into (vr0->equiv, vr1->equiv);
  else if (vr0->equiv && !vr1->equiv)
    bitmap_clear (vr0->equiv);
}

void
vrp_meet (value_range *vr0, const value_range *vr1)
{
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
    {
      fprintf (dump_file, "Meeting\n  ");
      dump_value_range (dump_file, vr0);
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nand\n  ");
      dump_value_range (dump_file, vr1);
      fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
    }
  vrp_meet_1 (vr0, vr1);
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
    {
      fprintf (dump_file, "to\n  ");
      dump_value_range (dump_file, vr0);
      fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
    }
}


/* Visit all arguments for PHI node PHI that flow through executable
   edges.  If a valid value range can be derived from all the incoming
   value ranges, set a new range in VR_RESULT.  */

static void
extract_range_from_phi_node (gphi *phi, value_range *vr_result)
{
  size_t i;
  tree lhs = PHI_RESULT (phi);
  value_range *lhs_vr = get_value_range (lhs);
  bool first = true;
  int edges, old_edges;
  struct loop *l;

  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
    {
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nVisiting PHI node: ");
      print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, phi, 0, dump_flags);
    }

  bool may_simulate_backedge_again = false;
  edges = 0;
  for (i = 0; i < gimple_phi_num_args (phi); i++)
    {
      edge e = gimple_phi_arg_edge (phi, i);

      if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
        {
          fprintf (dump_file,
              "    Argument #%d (%d -> %d %sexecutable)\n",
              (int) i, e->src->index, e->dest->index,
              (e->flags & EDGE_EXECUTABLE) ? "" : "not ");
        }

      if (e->flags & EDGE_EXECUTABLE)
        {
          tree arg = PHI_ARG_DEF (phi, i);
          value_range vr_arg;

          ++edges;

          if (TREE_CODE (arg) == SSA_NAME)
            {
              /* See if we are eventually going to change one of the args.  */
              gimple *def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (arg);
              if (! gimple_nop_p (def_stmt)
                  && prop_simulate_again_p (def_stmt)
                  && e->flags & EDGE_DFS_BACK)
                may_simulate_backedge_again = true;

              vr_arg = *(get_value_range (arg));
              /* Do not allow equivalences or symbolic ranges to leak in from
                 backedges.  That creates invalid equivalencies.
                 See PR53465 and PR54767.  */
              if (e->flags & EDGE_DFS_BACK)
                {
                  if (vr_arg.type == VR_RANGE
                      || vr_arg.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
                    {
                      vr_arg.equiv = NULL;
                      if (symbolic_range_p (&vr_arg))
                        {
                          vr_arg.type = VR_VARYING;
                          vr_arg.min = NULL_TREE;
                          vr_arg.max = NULL_TREE;
                        }
                    }
                }
              else
                {
                  /* If the non-backedge arguments range is VR_VARYING then
                     we can still try recording a simple equivalence.  */
                  if (vr_arg.type == VR_VARYING)
                    {
                      vr_arg.type = VR_RANGE;
                      vr_arg.min = arg;
                      vr_arg.max = arg;
                      vr_arg.equiv = NULL;
                    }
                }
            }
          else
            {
              if (TREE_OVERFLOW_P (arg))
                arg = drop_tree_overflow (arg);

              vr_arg.type = VR_RANGE;
              vr_arg.min = arg;
              vr_arg.max = arg;
              vr_arg.equiv = NULL;
            }

          if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
            {
              fprintf (dump_file, "\t");
              print_generic_expr (dump_file, arg, dump_flags);
              fprintf (dump_file, ": ");
              dump_value_range (dump_file, &vr_arg);
              fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
            }

          if (first)
            copy_value_range (vr_result, &vr_arg);
          else
            vrp_meet (vr_result, &vr_arg);
          first = false;

          if (vr_result->type == VR_VARYING)
            break;
        }
    }

  if (vr_result->type == VR_VARYING)
    goto varying;
  else if (vr_result->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
    goto update_range;

  old_edges = vr_phi_edge_counts[SSA_NAME_VERSION (lhs)];
  vr_phi_edge_counts[SSA_NAME_VERSION (lhs)] = edges;

  /* To prevent infinite iterations in the algorithm, derive ranges
     when the new value is slightly bigger or smaller than the
     previous one.  We don't do this if we have seen a new executable
     edge; this helps us avoid an infinity for conditionals
     which are not in a loop.  If the old value-range was VR_UNDEFINED
     use the updated range and iterate one more time.  If we will not
     simulate this PHI again via the backedge allow us to iterate.  */
  if (edges > 0
      && gimple_phi_num_args (phi) > 1
      && edges == old_edges
      && lhs_vr->type != VR_UNDEFINED
      && may_simulate_backedge_again)
    {
      /* Compare old and new ranges, fall back to varying if the
         values are not comparable.  */
      int cmp_min = compare_values (lhs_vr->min, vr_result->min);
      if (cmp_min == -2)
        goto varying;
      int cmp_max = compare_values (lhs_vr->max, vr_result->max);
      if (cmp_max == -2)
        goto varying;

      /* For non VR_RANGE or for pointers fall back to varying if
         the range changed.  */
      if ((lhs_vr->type != VR_RANGE || vr_result->type != VR_RANGE
           || POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs)))
          && (cmp_min != 0 || cmp_max != 0))
        goto varying;

      /* If the new minimum is larger than the previous one
         retain the old value.  If the new minimum value is smaller
         than the previous one and not -INF go all the way to -INF + 1.
         In the first case, to avoid infinite bouncing between different
         minimums, and in the other case to avoid iterating millions of
         times to reach -INF.  Going to -INF + 1 also lets the following
         iteration compute whether there will be any overflow, at the
         expense of one additional iteration.  */
      if (cmp_min < 0)
        vr_result->min = lhs_vr->min;
      else if (cmp_min > 0
               && !vrp_val_is_min (vr_result->min))
        vr_result->min
          = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR,
                             vrp_val_min (TREE_TYPE (vr_result->min)),
                             build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr_result->min), 1));

      /* Similarly for the maximum value.  */
      if (cmp_max > 0)
        vr_result->max = lhs_vr->max;
      else if (cmp_max < 0
               && !vrp_val_is_max (vr_result->max))
        vr_result->max
          = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR,
                             vrp_val_max (TREE_TYPE (vr_result->min)),
                             build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (vr_result->min), 1));

      /* If we dropped either bound to +-INF then if this is a loop
         PHI node SCEV may known more about its value-range.  */
      if (cmp_min > 0 || cmp_min < 0
           || cmp_max < 0 || cmp_max > 0)
        goto scev_check;

      goto infinite_check;
    }

  goto update_range;

varying:
  set_value_range_to_varying (vr_result);

scev_check:
  /* If this is a loop PHI node SCEV may known more about its value-range.
     scev_check can be reached from two paths, one is a fall through from above
     "varying" label, the other is direct goto from code block which tries to
     avoid infinite simulation.  */
  if ((l = loop_containing_stmt (phi))
      && l->header == gimple_bb (phi))
    adjust_range_with_scev (vr_result, l, phi, lhs);

infinite_check:
  /* If we will end up with a (-INF, +INF) range, set it to
     VARYING.  Same if the previous max value was invalid for
     the type and we end up with vr_result.min > vr_result.max.  */
  if ((vr_result->type == VR_RANGE || vr_result->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
      && !((vrp_val_is_max (vr_result->max) && vrp_val_is_min (vr_result->min))
           || compare_values (vr_result->min, vr_result->max) > 0))
    ;
  else
    set_value_range_to_varying (vr_result);

  /* If the new range is different than the previous value, keep
     iterating.  */
update_range:
  return;
}

/* Visit all arguments for PHI node PHI that flow through executable
   edges.  If a valid value range can be derived from all the incoming
   value ranges, set a new range for the LHS of PHI.  */

static enum ssa_prop_result
vrp_visit_phi_node (gphi *phi)
{
  tree lhs = PHI_RESULT (phi);
  value_range vr_result = VR_INITIALIZER;
  extract_range_from_phi_node (phi, &vr_result);
  if (update_value_range (lhs, &vr_result))
    {
      if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
        {
          fprintf (dump_file, "Found new range for ");
          print_generic_expr (dump_file, lhs);
          fprintf (dump_file, ": ");
          dump_value_range (dump_file, &vr_result);
          fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
        }

      if (vr_result.type == VR_VARYING)
        return SSA_PROP_VARYING;

      return SSA_PROP_INTERESTING;
    }

  /* Nothing changed, don't add outgoing edges.  */
  return SSA_PROP_NOT_INTERESTING;
}

/* Simplify boolean operations if the source is known
   to be already a boolean.  */
static bool
simplify_truth_ops_using_ranges (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, gimple *stmt)
{
  enum tree_code rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
  tree lhs, op0, op1;
  bool need_conversion;

  /* We handle only !=/== case here.  */
  gcc_assert (rhs_code == EQ_EXPR || rhs_code == NE_EXPR);

  op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
  if (!op_with_boolean_value_range_p (op0))
    return false;

  op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt);
  if (!op_with_boolean_value_range_p (op1))
    return false;

  /* Reduce number of cases to handle to NE_EXPR.  As there is no
     BIT_XNOR_EXPR we cannot replace A == B with a single statement.  */
  if (rhs_code == EQ_EXPR)
    {
      if (TREE_CODE (op1) == INTEGER_CST)
        op1 = int_const_binop (BIT_XOR_EXPR, op1,
                               build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (op1), 1));
      else
        return false;
    }

  lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt);
  need_conversion
    = !useless_type_conversion_p (TREE_TYPE (lhs), TREE_TYPE (op0));

  /* Make sure to not sign-extend a 1-bit 1 when converting the result.  */
  if (need_conversion
      && !TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (op0))
      && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (op0)) == 1
      && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (lhs)) > 1)
    return false;

  /* For A != 0 we can substitute A itself.  */
  if (integer_zerop (op1))
    gimple_assign_set_rhs_with_ops (gsi,
                                    need_conversion
                                    ? NOP_EXPR : TREE_CODE (op0), op0);
  /* For A != B we substitute A ^ B.  Either with conversion.  */
  else if (need_conversion)
    {
      tree tem = make_ssa_name (TREE_TYPE (op0));
      gassign *newop
        = gimple_build_assign (tem, BIT_XOR_EXPR, op0, op1);
      gsi_insert_before (gsi, newop, GSI_SAME_STMT);
      if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (tem))
          && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (tem)) > 1)
        set_range_info (tem, VR_RANGE,
                        wi::zero (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (tem))),
                        wi::one (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (tem))));
      gimple_assign_set_rhs_with_ops (gsi, NOP_EXPR, tem);
    }
  /* Or without.  */
  else
    gimple_assign_set_rhs_with_ops (gsi, BIT_XOR_EXPR, op0, op1);
  update_stmt (gsi_stmt (*gsi));
  fold_stmt (gsi, follow_single_use_edges);

  return true;
}

/* Simplify a division or modulo operator to a right shift or bitwise and
   if the first operand is unsigned or is greater than zero and the second
   operand is an exact power of two.  For TRUNC_MOD_EXPR op0 % op1 with
   constant op1 (op1min = op1) or with op1 in [op1min, op1max] range,
   optimize it into just op0 if op0's range is known to be a subset of
   [-op1min + 1, op1min - 1] for signed and [0, op1min - 1] for unsigned
   modulo.  */

static bool
simplify_div_or_mod_using_ranges (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, gimple *stmt)
{
  enum tree_code rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
  tree val = NULL;
  tree op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
  tree op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt);
  tree op0min = NULL_TREE, op0max = NULL_TREE;
  tree op1min = op1;
  value_range *vr = NULL;

  if (TREE_CODE (op0) == INTEGER_CST)
    {
      op0min = op0;
      op0max = op0;
    }
  else
    {
      vr = get_value_range (op0);
      if (range_int_cst_p (vr))
        {
          op0min = vr->min;
          op0max = vr->max;
        }
    }

  if (rhs_code == TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
      && TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME)
    {
      value_range *vr1 = get_value_range (op1);
      if (range_int_cst_p (vr1))
        op1min = vr1->min;
    }
  if (rhs_code == TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
      && TREE_CODE (op1min) == INTEGER_CST
      && tree_int_cst_sgn (op1min) == 1
      && op0max
      && tree_int_cst_lt (op0max, op1min))
    {
      if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (op0))
          || tree_int_cst_sgn (op0min) >= 0
          || tree_int_cst_lt (fold_unary (NEGATE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (op1min), op1min),
                              op0min))
        {
          /* If op0 already has the range op0 % op1 has,
             then TRUNC_MOD_EXPR won't change anything.  */
          gimple_assign_set_rhs_from_tree (gsi, op0);
          return true;
        }
    }

  if (TREE_CODE (op0) != SSA_NAME)
    return false;

  if (!integer_pow2p (op1))
    {
      /* X % -Y can be only optimized into X % Y either if
         X is not INT_MIN, or Y is not -1.  Fold it now, as after
         remove_range_assertions the range info might be not available
         anymore.  */
      if (rhs_code == TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
          && fold_stmt (gsi, follow_single_use_edges))
        return true;
      return false;
    }

  if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
    val = integer_one_node;
  else
    {
      bool sop = false;

      val = compare_range_with_value (GE_EXPR, vr, integer_zero_node, &sop);

      if (val
          && sop
          && integer_onep (val)
          && issue_strict_overflow_warning (WARN_STRICT_OVERFLOW_MISC))
        {
          location_t location;

          if (!gimple_has_location (stmt))
            location = input_location;
          else
            location = gimple_location (stmt);
          warning_at (location, OPT_Wstrict_overflow,
                      "assuming signed overflow does not occur when "
                      "simplifying %</%> or %<%%%> to %<>>%> or %<&%>");
        }
    }

  if (val && integer_onep (val))
    {
      tree t;

      if (rhs_code == TRUNC_DIV_EXPR)
        {
          t = build_int_cst (integer_type_node, tree_log2 (op1));
          gimple_assign_set_rhs_code (stmt, RSHIFT_EXPR);
          gimple_assign_set_rhs1 (stmt, op0);
          gimple_assign_set_rhs2 (stmt, t);
        }
      else
        {
          t = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (op1), 1);
          t = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, op1, t);
          t = fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (op0), t);

          gimple_assign_set_rhs_code (stmt, BIT_AND_EXPR);
          gimple_assign_set_rhs1 (stmt, op0);
          gimple_assign_set_rhs2 (stmt, t);
        }

      update_stmt (stmt);
      fold_stmt (gsi, follow_single_use_edges);
      return true;
    }

  return false;
}

/* Simplify a min or max if the ranges of the two operands are
   disjoint.   Return true if we do simplify.  */

static bool
simplify_min_or_max_using_ranges (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, gimple *stmt)
{
  tree op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
  tree op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt);
  bool sop = false;
  tree val;

  val = (vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops_using_ranges
         (LE_EXPR, op0, op1, &sop));
  if (!val)
    {
      sop = false;
      val = (vrp_evaluate_conditional_warnv_with_ops_using_ranges
             (LT_EXPR, op0, op1, &sop));
    }

  if (val)
    {
      if (sop && issue_strict_overflow_warning (WARN_STRICT_OVERFLOW_MISC))
        {
          location_t location;

          if (!gimple_has_location (stmt))
            location = input_location;
          else
            location = gimple_location (stmt);
          warning_at (location, OPT_Wstrict_overflow,
                      "assuming signed overflow does not occur when "
                      "simplifying %<min/max (X,Y)%> to %<X%> or %<Y%>");
        }

      /* VAL == TRUE -> OP0 < or <= op1
         VAL == FALSE -> OP0 > or >= op1.  */
      tree res = ((gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt) == MAX_EXPR)
                  == integer_zerop (val)) ? op0 : op1;
      gimple_assign_set_rhs_from_tree (gsi, res);
      return true;
    }

  return false;
}

/* If the operand to an ABS_EXPR is >= 0, then eliminate the
   ABS_EXPR.  If the operand is <= 0, then simplify the
   ABS_EXPR into a NEGATE_EXPR.  */

static bool
simplify_abs_using_ranges (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, gimple *stmt)
{
  tree op = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
  value_range *vr = get_value_range (op);

  if (vr)
    {
      tree val = NULL;
      bool sop = false;

      val = compare_range_with_value (LE_EXPR, vr, integer_zero_node, &sop);
      if (!val)
        {
          /* The range is neither <= 0 nor > 0.  Now see if it is
             either < 0 or >= 0.  */
          sop = false;
          val = compare_range_with_value (LT_EXPR, vr, integer_zero_node,
                                          &sop);
        }

      if (val)
        {
          if (sop && issue_strict_overflow_warning (WARN_STRICT_OVERFLOW_MISC))
            {
              location_t location;

              if (!gimple_has_location (stmt))
                location = input_location;
              else
                location = gimple_location (stmt);
              warning_at (location, OPT_Wstrict_overflow,
                          "assuming signed overflow does not occur when "
                          "simplifying %<abs (X)%> to %<X%> or %<-X%>");
            }

          gimple_assign_set_rhs1 (stmt, op);
          if (integer_zerop (val))
            gimple_assign_set_rhs_code (stmt, SSA_NAME);
          else
            gimple_assign_set_rhs_code (stmt, NEGATE_EXPR);
          update_stmt (stmt);
          fold_stmt (gsi, follow_single_use_edges);
          return true;
        }
    }

  return false;
}

/* Optimize away redundant BIT_AND_EXPR and BIT_IOR_EXPR.
   If all the bits that are being cleared by & are already
   known to be zero from VR, or all the bits that are being
   set by | are already known to be one from VR, the bit
   operation is redundant.  */

static bool
simplify_bit_ops_using_ranges (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, gimple *stmt)
{
  tree op0 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
  tree op1 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt);
  tree op = NULL_TREE;
  value_range vr0 = VR_INITIALIZER;
  value_range vr1 = VR_INITIALIZER;
  wide_int may_be_nonzero0, may_be_nonzero1;
  wide_int must_be_nonzero0, must_be_nonzero1;
  wide_int mask;

  if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME)
    vr0 = *(get_value_range (op0));
  else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op0))
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr0, op0, NULL);
  else
    return false;

  if (TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME)
    vr1 = *(get_value_range (op1));
  else if (is_gimple_min_invariant (op1))
    set_value_range_to_value (&vr1, op1, NULL);
  else
    return false;

  if (!zero_nonzero_bits_from_vr (TREE_TYPE (op0), &vr0, &may_be_nonzero0,
                                  &must_be_nonzero0))
    return false;
  if (!zero_nonzero_bits_from_vr (TREE_TYPE (op1), &vr1, &may_be_nonzero1,
                                  &must_be_nonzero1))
    return false;

  switch (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt))
    {
    case BIT_AND_EXPR:
      mask = may_be_nonzero0.and_not (must_be_nonzero1);
      if (mask == 0)
        {
          op = op0;
          break;
        }
      mask = may_be_nonzero1.and_not (must_be_nonzero0);
      if (mask == 0)
        {
          op = op1;
          break;
        }
      break;
    case BIT_IOR_EXPR:
      mask = may_be_nonzero0.and_not (must_be_nonzero1);
      if (mask == 0)
        {
          op = op1;
          break;
        }
      mask = may_be_nonzero1.and_not (must_be_nonzero0);
      if (mask == 0)
        {
          op = op0;
          break;
        }
      break;
    default:
      gcc_unreachable ();
    }

  if (op == NULL_TREE)
    return false;

  gimple_assign_set_rhs_with_ops (gsi, TREE_CODE (op), op);
  update_stmt (gsi_stmt (*gsi));
  return true;
}

/* We are comparing trees OP0 and OP1 using COND_CODE.  OP0 has
   a known value range VR.

   If there is one and only one value which will satisfy the
   conditional, then return that value.  Else return NULL.

   If signed overflow must be undefined for the value to satisfy
   the conditional, then set *STRICT_OVERFLOW_P to true.  */

static tree
test_for_singularity (enum tree_code cond_code, tree op0,
                      tree op1, value_range *vr)
{
  tree min = NULL;
  tree max = NULL;

  /* Extract minimum/maximum values which satisfy the conditional as it was
     written.  */
  if (cond_code == LE_EXPR || cond_code == LT_EXPR)
    {
      min = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (op0));

      max = op1;
      if (cond_code == LT_EXPR)
        {
          tree one = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (op0), 1);
          max = fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (op0), max, one);
          /* Signal to compare_values_warnv this expr doesn't overflow.  */
          if (EXPR_P (max))
            TREE_NO_WARNING (max) = 1;
        }
    }
  else if (cond_code == GE_EXPR || cond_code == GT_EXPR)
    {
      max = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (op0));

      min = op1;
      if (cond_code == GT_EXPR)
        {
          tree one = build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (op0), 1);
          min = fold_build2 (PLUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (op0), min, one);
          /* Signal to compare_values_warnv this expr doesn't overflow.  */
          if (EXPR_P (min))
            TREE_NO_WARNING (min) = 1;
        }
    }

  /* Now refine the minimum and maximum values using any
     value range information we have for op0.  */
  if (min && max)
    {
      if (compare_values (vr->min, min) == 1)
        min = vr->min;
      if (compare_values (vr->max, max) == -1)
        max = vr->max;

      /* If the new min/max values have converged to a single value,
         then there is only one value which can satisfy the condition,
         return that value.  */
      if (operand_equal_p (min, max, 0) && is_gimple_min_invariant (min))
        return min;
    }
  return NULL;
}

/* Return whether the value range *VR fits in an integer type specified
   by PRECISION and UNSIGNED_P.  */

static bool
range_fits_type_p (value_range *vr, unsigned dest_precision, signop dest_sgn)
{
  tree src_type;
  unsigned src_precision;
  widest_int tem;
  signop src_sgn;

  /* We can only handle integral and pointer types.  */
  src_type = TREE_TYPE (vr->min);
  if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (src_type)
      && !POINTER_TYPE_P (src_type))
    return false;

  /* An extension is fine unless VR is SIGNED and dest_sgn is UNSIGNED,
     and so is an identity transform.  */
  src_precision = TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (vr->min));
  src_sgn = TYPE_SIGN (src_type);
  if ((src_precision < dest_precision
       && !(dest_sgn == UNSIGNED && src_sgn == SIGNED))
      || (src_precision == dest_precision && src_sgn == dest_sgn))
    return true;

  /* Now we can only handle ranges with constant bounds.  */
  if (vr->type != VR_RANGE
      || TREE_CODE (vr->min) != INTEGER_CST
      || TREE_CODE (vr->max) != INTEGER_CST)
    return false;

  /* For sign changes, the MSB of the wide_int has to be clear.
     An unsigned value with its MSB set cannot be represented by
     a signed wide_int, while a negative value cannot be represented
     by an unsigned wide_int.  */
  if (src_sgn != dest_sgn
      && (wi::lts_p (vr->min, 0) || wi::lts_p (vr->max, 0)))
    return false;

  /* Then we can perform the conversion on both ends and compare
     the result for equality.  */
  tem = wi::ext (wi::to_widest (vr->min), dest_precision, dest_sgn);
  if (tem != wi::to_widest (vr->min))
    return false;
  tem = wi::ext (wi::to_widest (vr->max), dest_precision, dest_sgn);
  if (tem != wi::to_widest (vr->max))
    return false;

  return true;
}

/* Simplify a conditional using a relational operator to an equality
   test if the range information indicates only one value can satisfy
   the original conditional.  */

static bool
simplify_cond_using_ranges_1 (gcond *stmt)
{
  tree op0 = gimple_cond_lhs (stmt);
  tree op1 = gimple_cond_rhs (stmt);
  enum tree_code cond_code = gimple_cond_code (stmt);

  if (cond_code != NE_EXPR
      && cond_code != EQ_EXPR
      && TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME
      && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (op0))
      && is_gimple_min_invariant (op1))
    {
      value_range *vr = get_value_range (op0);

      /* If we have range information for OP0, then we might be
         able to simplify this conditional. */
      if (vr->type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          tree new_tree = test_for_singularity (cond_code, op0, op1, vr);
          if (new_tree)
            {
              if (dump_file)
                {
                  fprintf (dump_file, "Simplified relational ");
                  print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0);
                  fprintf (dump_file, " into ");
                }

              gimple_cond_set_code (stmt, EQ_EXPR);
              gimple_cond_set_lhs (stmt, op0);
              gimple_cond_set_rhs (stmt, new_tree);

              update_stmt (stmt);

              if (dump_file)
                {
                  print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0);
                  fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
                }

              return true;
            }

          /* Try again after inverting the condition.  We only deal
             with integral types here, so no need to worry about
             issues with inverting FP comparisons.  */
          new_tree = test_for_singularity
                       (invert_tree_comparison (cond_code, false),
                        op0, op1, vr);
          if (new_tree)
            {
              if (dump_file)
                {
                  fprintf (dump_file, "Simplified relational ");
                  print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0);
                  fprintf (dump_file, " into ");
                }

              gimple_cond_set_code (stmt, NE_EXPR);
              gimple_cond_set_lhs (stmt, op0);
              gimple_cond_set_rhs (stmt, new_tree);

              update_stmt (stmt);

              if (dump_file)
                {
                  print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0);
                  fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
                }

              return true;
            }
        }
    }
  return false;
}

/* STMT is a conditional at the end of a basic block.

   If the conditional is of the form SSA_NAME op constant and the SSA_NAME
   was set via a type conversion, try to replace the SSA_NAME with the RHS
   of the type conversion.  Doing so makes the conversion dead which helps
   subsequent passes.  */

static void
simplify_cond_using_ranges_2 (gcond *stmt)
{
  tree op0 = gimple_cond_lhs (stmt);
  tree op1 = gimple_cond_rhs (stmt);

  /* If we have a comparison of an SSA_NAME (OP0) against a constant,
     see if OP0 was set by a type conversion where the source of
     the conversion is another SSA_NAME with a range that fits
     into the range of OP0's type.

     If so, the conversion is redundant as the earlier SSA_NAME can be
     used for the comparison directly if we just massage the constant in the
     comparison.  */
  if (TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME
      && TREE_CODE (op1) == INTEGER_CST)
    {
      gimple *def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (op0);
      tree innerop;

      if (!is_gimple_assign (def_stmt)
          || !CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt)))
        return;

      innerop = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);

      if (TREE_CODE (innerop) == SSA_NAME
          && !POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (innerop))
          && !SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (innerop)
          && desired_pro_or_demotion_p (TREE_TYPE (innerop), TREE_TYPE (op0)))
        {
          value_range *vr = get_value_range (innerop);

          if (range_int_cst_p (vr)
              && range_fits_type_p (vr,
                                    TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (op0)),
                                    TYPE_SIGN (TREE_TYPE (op0)))
              && int_fits_type_p (op1, TREE_TYPE (innerop)))
            {
              tree newconst = fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (innerop), op1);
              gimple_cond_set_lhs (stmt, innerop);
              gimple_cond_set_rhs (stmt, newconst);
              update_stmt (stmt);
              if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
                {
                  fprintf (dump_file, "Folded into: ");
                  print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0, TDF_SLIM);
                  fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
                }
            }
        }
    }
}

/* Simplify a switch statement using the value range of the switch
   argument.  */

static bool
simplify_switch_using_ranges (gswitch *stmt)
{
  tree op = gimple_switch_index (stmt);
  value_range *vr = NULL;
  bool take_default;
  edge e;
  edge_iterator ei;
  size_t i = 0, j = 0, n, n2;
  tree vec2;
  switch_update su;
  size_t k = 1, l = 0;

  if (TREE_CODE (op) == SSA_NAME)
    {
      vr = get_value_range (op);

      /* We can only handle integer ranges.  */
      if ((vr->type != VR_RANGE
           && vr->type != VR_ANTI_RANGE)
          || symbolic_range_p (vr))
        return false;

      /* Find case label for min/max of the value range.  */
      take_default = !find_case_label_ranges (stmt, vr, &i, &j, &k, &l);
    }
  else if (TREE_CODE (op) == INTEGER_CST)
    {
      take_default = !find_case_label_index (stmt, 1, op, &i);
      if (take_default)
        {
          i = 1;
          j = 0;
        }
      else
        {
          j = i;
        }
    }
  else
    return false;

  n = gimple_switch_num_labels (stmt);

  /* We can truncate the case label ranges that partially overlap with OP's
     value range.  */
  size_t min_idx = 1, max_idx = 0;
  if (vr != NULL)
    find_case_label_range (stmt, vr->min, vr->max, &min_idx, &max_idx);
  if (min_idx <= max_idx)
    {
      tree min_label = gimple_switch_label (stmt, min_idx);
      tree max_label = gimple_switch_label (stmt, max_idx);

      /* Avoid changing the type of the case labels when truncating.  */
      tree case_label_type = TREE_TYPE (CASE_LOW (min_label));
      tree vr_min = fold_convert (case_label_type, vr->min);
      tree vr_max = fold_convert (case_label_type, vr->max);

      if (vr->type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          /* If OP's value range is [2,8] and the low label range is
             0 ... 3, truncate the label's range to 2 .. 3.  */
          if (tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_LOW (min_label), vr_min) < 0
              && CASE_HIGH (min_label) != NULL_TREE
              && tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_HIGH (min_label), vr_min) >= 0)
            CASE_LOW (min_label) = vr_min;

          /* If OP's value range is [2,8] and the high label range is
             7 ... 10, truncate the label's range to 7 .. 8.  */
          if (tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_LOW (max_label), vr_max) <= 0
              && CASE_HIGH (max_label) != NULL_TREE
              && tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_HIGH (max_label), vr_max) > 0)
            CASE_HIGH (max_label) = vr_max;
        }
      else if (vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        {
          tree one_cst = build_one_cst (case_label_type);

          if (min_label == max_label)
            {
              /* If OP's value range is ~[7,8] and the label's range is
                 7 ... 10, truncate the label's range to 9 ... 10.  */
              if (tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_LOW (min_label), vr_min) == 0
                  && CASE_HIGH (min_label) != NULL_TREE
                  && tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_HIGH (min_label), vr_max) > 0)
                CASE_LOW (min_label)
                  = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, vr_max, one_cst);

              /* If OP's value range is ~[7,8] and the label's range is
                 5 ... 8, truncate the label's range to 5 ... 6.  */
              if (tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_LOW (min_label), vr_min) < 0
                  && CASE_HIGH (min_label) != NULL_TREE
                  && tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_HIGH (min_label), vr_max) == 0)
                CASE_HIGH (min_label)
                  = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, vr_min, one_cst);
            }
          else
            {
              /* If OP's value range is ~[2,8] and the low label range is
                 0 ... 3, truncate the label's range to 0 ... 1.  */
              if (tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_LOW (min_label), vr_min) < 0
                  && CASE_HIGH (min_label) != NULL_TREE
                  && tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_HIGH (min_label), vr_min) >= 0)
                CASE_HIGH (min_label)
                  = int_const_binop (MINUS_EXPR, vr_min, one_cst);

              /* If OP's value range is ~[2,8] and the high label range is
                 7 ... 10, truncate the label's range to 9 ... 10.  */
              if (tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_LOW (max_label), vr_max) <= 0
                  && CASE_HIGH (max_label) != NULL_TREE
                  && tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_HIGH (max_label), vr_max) > 0)
                CASE_LOW (max_label)
                  = int_const_binop (PLUS_EXPR, vr_max, one_cst);
            }
        }

      /* Canonicalize singleton case ranges.  */
      if (tree_int_cst_equal (CASE_LOW (min_label), CASE_HIGH (min_label)))
        CASE_HIGH (min_label) = NULL_TREE;
      if (tree_int_cst_equal (CASE_LOW (max_label), CASE_HIGH (max_label)))
        CASE_HIGH (max_label) = NULL_TREE;
    }

  /* We can also eliminate case labels that lie completely outside OP's value
     range.  */

  /* Bail out if this is just all edges taken.  */
  if (i == 1
      && j == n - 1
      && take_default)
    return false;

  /* Build a new vector of taken case labels.  */
  vec2 = make_tree_vec (j - i + 1 + l - k + 1 + (int)take_default);
  n2 = 0;

  /* Add the default edge, if necessary.  */
  if (take_default)
    TREE_VEC_ELT (vec2, n2++) = gimple_switch_default_label (stmt);

  for (; i <= j; ++i, ++n2)
    TREE_VEC_ELT (vec2, n2) = gimple_switch_label (stmt, i);

  for (; k <= l; ++k, ++n2)
    TREE_VEC_ELT (vec2, n2) = gimple_switch_label (stmt, k);

  /* Mark needed edges.  */
  for (i = 0; i < n2; ++i)
    {
      e = find_edge (gimple_bb (stmt),
                     label_to_block (CASE_LABEL (TREE_VEC_ELT (vec2, i))));
      e->aux = (void *)-1;
    }

  /* Queue not needed edges for later removal.  */
  FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, gimple_bb (stmt)->succs)
    {
      if (e->aux == (void *)-1)
        {
          e->aux = NULL;
          continue;
        }

      if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
        {
          fprintf (dump_file, "removing unreachable case label\n");
        }
      to_remove_edges.safe_push (e);
      e->flags &= ~EDGE_EXECUTABLE;
    }

  /* And queue an update for the stmt.  */
  su.stmt = stmt;
  su.vec = vec2;
  to_update_switch_stmts.safe_push (su);
  return false;
}

/* Simplify an integral conversion from an SSA name in STMT.  */

static bool
simplify_conversion_using_ranges (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, gimple *stmt)
{
  tree innerop, middleop, finaltype;
  gimple *def_stmt;
  signop inner_sgn, middle_sgn, final_sgn;
  unsigned inner_prec, middle_prec, final_prec;
  widest_int innermin, innermed, innermax, middlemin, middlemed, middlemax;

  finaltype = TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_lhs (stmt));
  if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (finaltype))
    return false;
  middleop = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
  def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (middleop);
  if (!is_gimple_assign (def_stmt)
      || !CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P (gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt)))
    return false;
  innerop = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
  if (TREE_CODE (innerop) != SSA_NAME
      || SSA_NAME_OCCURS_IN_ABNORMAL_PHI (innerop))
    return false;

  /* Get the value-range of the inner operand.  Use get_range_info in
     case innerop was created during substitute-and-fold.  */
  wide_int imin, imax;
  if (!INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (innerop))
      || get_range_info (innerop, &imin, &imax) != VR_RANGE)
    return false;
  innermin = widest_int::from (imin, TYPE_SIGN (TREE_TYPE (innerop)));
  innermax = widest_int::from (imax, TYPE_SIGN (TREE_TYPE (innerop)));

  /* Simulate the conversion chain to check if the result is equal if
     the middle conversion is removed.  */
  inner_prec = TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (innerop));
  middle_prec = TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (middleop));
  final_prec = TYPE_PRECISION (finaltype);

  /* If the first conversion is not injective, the second must not
     be widening.  */
  if (wi::gtu_p (innermax - innermin,
                 wi::mask <widest_int> (middle_prec, false))
      && middle_prec < final_prec)
    return false;
  /* We also want a medium value so that we can track the effect that
     narrowing conversions with sign change have.  */
  inner_sgn = TYPE_SIGN (TREE_TYPE (innerop));
  if (inner_sgn == UNSIGNED)
    innermed = wi::shifted_mask <widest_int> (1, inner_prec - 1, false);
  else
    innermed = 0;
  if (wi::cmp (innermin, innermed, inner_sgn) >= 0
      || wi::cmp (innermed, innermax, inner_sgn) >= 0)
    innermed = innermin;

  middle_sgn = TYPE_SIGN (TREE_TYPE (middleop));
  middlemin = wi::ext (innermin, middle_prec, middle_sgn);
  middlemed = wi::ext (innermed, middle_prec, middle_sgn);
  middlemax = wi::ext (innermax, middle_prec, middle_sgn);

  /* Require that the final conversion applied to both the original
     and the intermediate range produces the same result.  */
  final_sgn = TYPE_SIGN (finaltype);
  if (wi::ext (middlemin, final_prec, final_sgn)
         != wi::ext (innermin, final_prec, final_sgn)
      || wi::ext (middlemed, final_prec, final_sgn)
         != wi::ext (innermed, final_prec, final_sgn)
      || wi::ext (middlemax, final_prec, final_sgn)
         != wi::ext (innermax, final_prec, final_sgn))
    return false;

  gimple_assign_set_rhs1 (stmt, innerop);
  fold_stmt (gsi, follow_single_use_edges);
  return true;
}

/* Simplify a conversion from integral SSA name to float in STMT.  */

static bool
simplify_float_conversion_using_ranges (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi,
                                        gimple *stmt)
{
  tree rhs1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
  value_range *vr = get_value_range (rhs1);
  scalar_float_mode fltmode
    = SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_lhs (stmt)));
  scalar_int_mode mode;
  tree tem;
  gassign *conv;

  /* We can only handle constant ranges.  */
  if (vr->type != VR_RANGE
      || TREE_CODE (vr->min) != INTEGER_CST
      || TREE_CODE (vr->max) != INTEGER_CST)
    return false;

  /* First check if we can use a signed type in place of an unsigned.  */
  scalar_int_mode rhs_mode = SCALAR_INT_TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (rhs1));
  if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (rhs1))
      && can_float_p (fltmode, rhs_mode, 0) != CODE_FOR_nothing
      && range_fits_type_p (vr, TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)), SIGNED))
    mode = rhs_mode;
  /* If we can do the conversion in the current input mode do nothing.  */
  else if (can_float_p (fltmode, rhs_mode,
                        TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (rhs1))) != CODE_FOR_nothing)
    return false;
  /* Otherwise search for a mode we can use, starting from the narrowest
     integer mode available.  */
  else
    {
      mode = NARROWEST_INT_MODE;
      for (;;)
        {
          /* If we cannot do a signed conversion to float from mode
             or if the value-range does not fit in the signed type
             try with a wider mode.  */
          if (can_float_p (fltmode, mode, 0) != CODE_FOR_nothing
              && range_fits_type_p (vr, GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode), SIGNED))
            break;

          /* But do not widen the input.  Instead leave that to the
             optabs expansion code.  */
          if (!GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode).exists (&mode)
              || GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) > TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)))
            return false;
        }
    }

  /* It works, insert a truncation or sign-change before the
     float conversion.  */
  tem = make_ssa_name (build_nonstandard_integer_type
                          (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode), 0));
  conv = gimple_build_assign (tem, NOP_EXPR, rhs1);
  gsi_insert_before (gsi, conv, GSI_SAME_STMT);
  gimple_assign_set_rhs1 (stmt, tem);
  fold_stmt (gsi, follow_single_use_edges);

  return true;
}

/* Simplify an internal fn call using ranges if possible.  */

static bool
simplify_internal_call_using_ranges (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi, gimple *stmt)
{
  enum tree_code subcode;
  bool is_ubsan = false;
  bool ovf = false;
  switch (gimple_call_internal_fn (stmt))
    {
    case IFN_UBSAN_CHECK_ADD:
      subcode = PLUS_EXPR;
      is_ubsan = true;
      break;
    case IFN_UBSAN_CHECK_SUB:
      subcode = MINUS_EXPR;
      is_ubsan = true;
      break;
    case IFN_UBSAN_CHECK_MUL:
      subcode = MULT_EXPR;
      is_ubsan = true;
      break;
    case IFN_ADD_OVERFLOW:
      subcode = PLUS_EXPR;
      break;
    case IFN_SUB_OVERFLOW:
      subcode = MINUS_EXPR;
      break;
    case IFN_MUL_OVERFLOW:
      subcode = MULT_EXPR;
      break;
    default:
      return false;
    }

  tree op0 = gimple_call_arg (stmt, 0);
  tree op1 = gimple_call_arg (stmt, 1);
  tree type;
  if (is_ubsan)
    {
      type = TREE_TYPE (op0);
      if (VECTOR_TYPE_P (type))
        return false;
    }
  else if (gimple_call_lhs (stmt) == NULL_TREE)
    return false;
  else
    type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (gimple_call_lhs (stmt)));
  if (!check_for_binary_op_overflow (subcode, type, op0, op1, &ovf)
      || (is_ubsan && ovf))
    return false;

  gimple *g;
  location_t loc = gimple_location (stmt);
  if (is_ubsan)
    g = gimple_build_assign (gimple_call_lhs (stmt), subcode, op0, op1);
  else
    {
      int prec = TYPE_PRECISION (type);
      tree utype = type;
      if (ovf
          || !useless_type_conversion_p (type, TREE_TYPE (op0))
          || !useless_type_conversion_p (type, TREE_TYPE (op1)))
        utype = build_nonstandard_integer_type (prec, 1);
      if (TREE_CODE (op0) == INTEGER_CST)
        op0 = fold_convert (utype, op0);
      else if (!useless_type_conversion_p (utype, TREE_TYPE (op0)))
        {
          g = gimple_build_assign (make_ssa_name (utype), NOP_EXPR, op0);
          gimple_set_location (g, loc);
          gsi_insert_before (gsi, g, GSI_SAME_STMT);
          op0 = gimple_assign_lhs (g);
        }
      if (TREE_CODE (op1) == INTEGER_CST)
        op1 = fold_convert (utype, op1);
      else if (!useless_type_conversion_p (utype, TREE_TYPE (op1)))
        {
          g = gimple_build_assign (make_ssa_name (utype), NOP_EXPR, op1);
          gimple_set_location (g, loc);
          gsi_insert_before (gsi, g, GSI_SAME_STMT);
          op1 = gimple_assign_lhs (g);
        }
      g = gimple_build_assign (make_ssa_name (utype), subcode, op0, op1);
      gimple_set_location (g, loc);
      gsi_insert_before (gsi, g, GSI_SAME_STMT);
      if (utype != type)
        {
          g = gimple_build_assign (make_ssa_name (type), NOP_EXPR,
                                   gimple_assign_lhs (g));
          gimple_set_location (g, loc);
          gsi_insert_before (gsi, g, GSI_SAME_STMT);
        }
      g = gimple_build_assign (gimple_call_lhs (stmt), COMPLEX_EXPR,
                               gimple_assign_lhs (g),
                               build_int_cst (type, ovf));
    }
  gimple_set_location (g, loc);
  gsi_replace (gsi, g, false);
  return true;
}

/* Return true if VAR is a two-valued variable.  Set a and b with the
   two-values when it is true.  Return false otherwise.  */

static bool
two_valued_val_range_p (tree var, tree *a, tree *b)
{
  value_range *vr = get_value_range (var);
  if ((vr->type != VR_RANGE
       && vr->type != VR_ANTI_RANGE)
      || TREE_CODE (vr->min) != INTEGER_CST
      || TREE_CODE (vr->max) != INTEGER_CST)
    return false;

  if (vr->type == VR_RANGE
      && wi::sub (vr->max, vr->min) == 1)
    {
      *a = vr->min;
      *b = vr->max;
      return true;
    }

  /* ~[TYPE_MIN + 1, TYPE_MAX - 1] */
  if (vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
      && wi::sub (vr->min, vrp_val_min (TREE_TYPE (var))) == 1
      && wi::sub (vrp_val_max (TREE_TYPE (var)), vr->max) == 1)
    {
      *a = vrp_val_min (TREE_TYPE (var));
      *b = vrp_val_max (TREE_TYPE (var));
      return true;
    }

  return false;
}

/* Simplify STMT using ranges if possible.  */

static bool
simplify_stmt_using_ranges (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi)
{
  gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (*gsi);
  if (is_gimple_assign (stmt))
    {
      enum tree_code rhs_code = gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt);
      tree rhs1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
      tree rhs2 = gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt);
      tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt);
      tree val1 = NULL_TREE, val2 = NULL_TREE;
      use_operand_p use_p;
      gimple *use_stmt;

      /* Convert:
         LHS = CST BINOP VAR
         Where VAR is two-valued and LHS is used in GIMPLE_COND only
         To:
         LHS = VAR == VAL1 ? (CST BINOP VAL1) : (CST BINOP VAL2)

         Also handles:
         LHS = VAR BINOP CST
         Where VAR is two-valued and LHS is used in GIMPLE_COND only
         To:
         LHS = VAR == VAL1 ? (VAL1 BINOP CST) : (VAL2 BINOP CST) */

      if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (rhs_code) == tcc_binary
          && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs))
          && ((TREE_CODE (rhs1) == INTEGER_CST
               && TREE_CODE (rhs2) == SSA_NAME)
              || (TREE_CODE (rhs2) == INTEGER_CST
                  && TREE_CODE (rhs1) == SSA_NAME))
          && single_imm_use (lhs, &use_p, &use_stmt)
          && gimple_code (use_stmt) == GIMPLE_COND)

        {
          tree new_rhs1 = NULL_TREE;
          tree new_rhs2 = NULL_TREE;
          tree cmp_var = NULL_TREE;

          if (TREE_CODE (rhs2) == SSA_NAME
              && two_valued_val_range_p (rhs2, &val1, &val2))
            {
              /* Optimize RHS1 OP [VAL1, VAL2].  */
              new_rhs1 = int_const_binop (rhs_code, rhs1, val1);
              new_rhs2 = int_const_binop (rhs_code, rhs1, val2);
              cmp_var = rhs2;
            }
          else if (TREE_CODE (rhs1) == SSA_NAME
                   && two_valued_val_range_p (rhs1, &val1, &val2))
            {
              /* Optimize [VAL1, VAL2] OP RHS2.  */
              new_rhs1 = int_const_binop (rhs_code, val1, rhs2);
              new_rhs2 = int_const_binop (rhs_code, val2, rhs2);
              cmp_var = rhs1;
            }

          /* If we could not find two-vals or the optimzation is invalid as
             in divide by zero, new_rhs1 / new_rhs will be NULL_TREE.  */
          if (new_rhs1 && new_rhs2)
            {
              tree cond = build2 (EQ_EXPR, boolean_type_node, cmp_var, val1);
              gimple_assign_set_rhs_with_ops (gsi,
                                              COND_EXPR, cond,
                                              new_rhs1,
                                              new_rhs2);
              update_stmt (gsi_stmt (*gsi));
              fold_stmt (gsi, follow_single_use_edges);
              return true;
            }
        }

      switch (rhs_code)
        {
        case EQ_EXPR:
        case NE_EXPR:
          /* Transform EQ_EXPR, NE_EXPR into BIT_XOR_EXPR or identity
             if the RHS is zero or one, and the LHS are known to be boolean
             values.  */
          if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)))
            return simplify_truth_ops_using_ranges (gsi, stmt);
          break;

      /* Transform TRUNC_DIV_EXPR and TRUNC_MOD_EXPR into RSHIFT_EXPR
         and BIT_AND_EXPR respectively if the first operand is greater
         than zero and the second operand is an exact power of two.
         Also optimize TRUNC_MOD_EXPR away if the second operand is
         constant and the first operand already has the right value
         range.  */
        case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
        case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
          if ((TREE_CODE (rhs1) == SSA_NAME
               || TREE_CODE (rhs1) == INTEGER_CST)
              && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)))
            return simplify_div_or_mod_using_ranges (gsi, stmt);
          break;

      /* Transform ABS (X) into X or -X as appropriate.  */
        case ABS_EXPR:
          if (TREE_CODE (rhs1) == SSA_NAME
              && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)))
            return simplify_abs_using_ranges (gsi, stmt);
          break;

        case BIT_AND_EXPR:
        case BIT_IOR_EXPR:
          /* Optimize away BIT_AND_EXPR and BIT_IOR_EXPR
             if all the bits being cleared are already cleared or
             all the bits being set are already set.  */
          if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)))
            return simplify_bit_ops_using_ranges (gsi, stmt);
          break;

        CASE_CONVERT:
          if (TREE_CODE (rhs1) == SSA_NAME
              && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)))
            return simplify_conversion_using_ranges (gsi, stmt);
          break;

        case FLOAT_EXPR:
          if (TREE_CODE (rhs1) == SSA_NAME
              && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (rhs1)))
            return simplify_float_conversion_using_ranges (gsi, stmt);
          break;

        case MIN_EXPR:
        case MAX_EXPR:
          return simplify_min_or_max_using_ranges (gsi, stmt);

        default:
          break;
        }
    }
  else if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND)
    return simplify_cond_using_ranges_1 (as_a <gcond *> (stmt));
  else if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_SWITCH)
    return simplify_switch_using_ranges (as_a <gswitch *> (stmt));
  else if (is_gimple_call (stmt)
           && gimple_call_internal_p (stmt))
    return simplify_internal_call_using_ranges (gsi, stmt);

  return false;
}

/* If the statement pointed by SI has a predicate whose value can be
   computed using the value range information computed by VRP, compute
   its value and return true.  Otherwise, return false.  */

static bool
fold_predicate_in (gimple_stmt_iterator *si)
{
  bool assignment_p = false;
  tree val;
  gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (*si);

  if (is_gimple_assign (stmt)
      && TREE_CODE_CLASS (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt)) == tcc_comparison)
    {
      assignment_p = true;
      val = vrp_evaluate_conditional (gimple_assign_rhs_code (stmt),
                                      gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt),
                                      gimple_assign_rhs2 (stmt),
                                      stmt);
    }
  else if (gcond *cond_stmt = dyn_cast <gcond *> (stmt))
    val = vrp_evaluate_conditional (gimple_cond_code (cond_stmt),
                                    gimple_cond_lhs (cond_stmt),
                                    gimple_cond_rhs (cond_stmt),
                                    stmt);
  else
    return false;

  if (val)
    {
      if (assignment_p)
        val = fold_convert (gimple_expr_type (stmt), val);

      if (dump_file)
        {
          fprintf (dump_file, "Folding predicate ");
          print_gimple_expr (dump_file, stmt, 0);
          fprintf (dump_file, " to ");
          print_generic_expr (dump_file, val);
          fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
        }

      if (is_gimple_assign (stmt))
        gimple_assign_set_rhs_from_tree (si, val);
      else
        {
          gcc_assert (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND);
          gcond *cond_stmt = as_a <gcond *> (stmt);
          if (integer_zerop (val))
            gimple_cond_make_false (cond_stmt);
          else if (integer_onep (val))
            gimple_cond_make_true (cond_stmt);
          else
            gcc_unreachable ();
        }

      return true;
    }

  return false;
}

/* Callback for substitute_and_fold folding the stmt at *SI.  */

static bool
vrp_fold_stmt (gimple_stmt_iterator *si)
{
  if (fold_predicate_in (si))
    return true;

  return simplify_stmt_using_ranges (si);
}

/* Return the LHS of any ASSERT_EXPR where OP appears as the first
   argument to the ASSERT_EXPR and in which the ASSERT_EXPR dominates
   BB.  If no such ASSERT_EXPR is found, return OP.  */

static tree
lhs_of_dominating_assert (tree op, basic_block bb, gimple *stmt)
{
  imm_use_iterator imm_iter;
  gimple *use_stmt;
  use_operand_p use_p;

  if (TREE_CODE (op) == SSA_NAME)
    {
      FOR_EACH_IMM_USE_FAST (use_p, imm_iter, op)
        {
          use_stmt = USE_STMT (use_p);
          if (use_stmt != stmt
              && gimple_assign_single_p (use_stmt)
              && TREE_CODE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (use_stmt)) == ASSERT_EXPR
              && TREE_OPERAND (gimple_assign_rhs1 (use_stmt), 0) == op
              && dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, bb, gimple_bb (use_stmt)))
            return gimple_assign_lhs (use_stmt);
        }
    }
  return op;
}

/* A trivial wrapper so that we can present the generic jump threading
   code with a simple API for simplifying statements.  STMT is the
   statement we want to simplify, WITHIN_STMT provides the location
   for any overflow warnings.  */

static tree
simplify_stmt_for_jump_threading (gimple *stmt, gimple *within_stmt,
    class avail_exprs_stack *avail_exprs_stack ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    basic_block bb)
{
  /* First see if the conditional is in the hash table.  */
  tree cached_lhs = avail_exprs_stack->lookup_avail_expr (stmt, false, true);
  if (cached_lhs && is_gimple_min_invariant (cached_lhs))
    return cached_lhs;

  if (gcond *cond_stmt = dyn_cast <gcond *> (stmt))
    {
      tree op0 = gimple_cond_lhs (cond_stmt);
      op0 = lhs_of_dominating_assert (op0, bb, stmt);

      tree op1 = gimple_cond_rhs (cond_stmt);
      op1 = lhs_of_dominating_assert (op1, bb, stmt);

      return vrp_evaluate_conditional (gimple_cond_code (cond_stmt),
                                       op0, op1, within_stmt);
    }

  /* We simplify a switch statement by trying to determine which case label
     will be taken.  If we are successful then we return the corresponding
     CASE_LABEL_EXPR.  */
  if (gswitch *switch_stmt = dyn_cast <gswitch *> (stmt))
    {
      tree op = gimple_switch_index (switch_stmt);
      if (TREE_CODE (op) != SSA_NAME)
        return NULL_TREE;

      op = lhs_of_dominating_assert (op, bb, stmt);

      value_range *vr = get_value_range (op);
      if ((vr->type != VR_RANGE && vr->type != VR_ANTI_RANGE)
          || symbolic_range_p (vr))
        return NULL_TREE;

      if (vr->type == VR_RANGE)
        {
          size_t i, j;
          /* Get the range of labels that contain a part of the operand's
             value range.  */
          find_case_label_range (switch_stmt, vr->min, vr->max, &i, &j);

          /* Is there only one such label?  */
          if (i == j)
            {
              tree label = gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, i);

              /* The i'th label will be taken only if the value range of the
                 operand is entirely within the bounds of this label.  */
              if (CASE_HIGH (label) != NULL_TREE
                  ? (tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_LOW (label), vr->min) <= 0
                     && tree_int_cst_compare (CASE_HIGH (label), vr->max) >= 0)
                  : (tree_int_cst_equal (CASE_LOW (label), vr->min)
                     && tree_int_cst_equal (vr->min, vr->max)))
                return label;
            }

          /* If there are no such labels then the default label will be
             taken.  */
          if (i > j)
            return gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, 0);
        }

      if (vr->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
        {
          unsigned n = gimple_switch_num_labels (switch_stmt);
          tree min_label = gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, 1);
          tree max_label = gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, n - 1);

          /* The default label will be taken only if the anti-range of the
             operand is entirely outside the bounds of all the (non-default)
             case labels.  */
          if (tree_int_cst_compare (vr->min, CASE_LOW (min_label)) <= 0
              && (CASE_HIGH (max_label) != NULL_TREE
                  ? tree_int_cst_compare (vr->max, CASE_HIGH (max_label)) >= 0
                  : tree_int_cst_compare (vr->max, CASE_LOW (max_label)) >= 0))
          return gimple_switch_label (switch_stmt, 0);
        }

      return NULL_TREE;
    }

  if (gassign *assign_stmt = dyn_cast <gassign *> (stmt))
    {
      value_range new_vr = VR_INITIALIZER;
      tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (assign_stmt);

      if (TREE_CODE (lhs) == SSA_NAME
          && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs))
              || POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs))))
        {
          extract_range_from_assignment (&new_vr, assign_stmt);
          if (range_int_cst_singleton_p (&new_vr))
            return new_vr.min;
        }
    }

  return NULL_TREE;
}

class vrp_dom_walker : public dom_walker
{
public:
  vrp_dom_walker (cdi_direction direction,
                  class const_and_copies *const_and_copies,
                  class avail_exprs_stack *avail_exprs_stack)
    : dom_walker (direction, true),
      m_const_and_copies (const_and_copies),
      m_avail_exprs_stack (avail_exprs_stack),
      m_dummy_cond (NULL) {}

  virtual edge before_dom_children (basic_block);
  virtual void after_dom_children (basic_block);

private:
  class const_and_copies *m_const_and_copies;
  class avail_exprs_stack *m_avail_exprs_stack;

  gcond *m_dummy_cond;
};

/* Called before processing dominator children of BB.  We want to look
   at ASSERT_EXPRs and record information from them in the appropriate
   tables.

   We could look at other statements here.  It's not seen as likely
   to significantly increase the jump threads we discover.  */

edge
vrp_dom_walker::before_dom_children (basic_block bb)
{
  gimple_stmt_iterator gsi;

  m_avail_exprs_stack->push_marker ();
  m_const_and_copies->push_marker ();
  for (gsi = gsi_start_nondebug_bb (bb); !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
    {
      gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
      if (gimple_assign_single_p (stmt)
         && TREE_CODE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt)) == ASSERT_EXPR)
        {
          tree rhs1 = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
          tree cond = TREE_OPERAND (rhs1, 1);
          tree inverted = invert_truthvalue (cond);
          vec<cond_equivalence> p;
          p.create (3);
          record_conditions (&p, cond, inverted);
          for (unsigned int i = 0; i < p.length (); i++)
            m_avail_exprs_stack->record_cond (&p[i]);

          tree lhs = gimple_assign_lhs (stmt);
          m_const_and_copies->record_const_or_copy (lhs,
                                                    TREE_OPERAND (rhs1, 0));
          p.release ();
          continue;
        }
      break;
    }
  return NULL;
}

/* Called after processing dominator children of BB.  This is where we
   actually call into the threader.  */
void
vrp_dom_walker::after_dom_children (basic_block bb)
{
  if (!m_dummy_cond)
    m_dummy_cond = gimple_build_cond (NE_EXPR,
                                      integer_zero_node, integer_zero_node,
                                      NULL, NULL);

  thread_outgoing_edges (bb, m_dummy_cond, m_const_and_copies,
                         m_avail_exprs_stack,
                         simplify_stmt_for_jump_threading);

  m_avail_exprs_stack->pop_to_marker ();
  m_const_and_copies->pop_to_marker ();
}

/* Blocks which have more than one predecessor and more than
   one successor present jump threading opportunities, i.e.,
   when the block is reached from a specific predecessor, we
   may be able to determine which of the outgoing edges will
   be traversed.  When this optimization applies, we are able
   to avoid conditionals at runtime and we may expose secondary
   optimization opportunities.

   This routine is effectively a driver for the generic jump
   threading code.  It basically just presents the generic code
   with edges that may be suitable for jump threading.

   Unlike DOM, we do not iterate VRP if jump threading was successful.
   While iterating may expose new opportunities for VRP, it is expected
   those opportunities would be very limited and the compile time cost
   to expose those opportunities would be significant.

   As jump threading opportunities are discovered, they are registered
   for later realization.  */

static void
identify_jump_threads (void)
{
  int i;
  edge e;

  /* Ugh.  When substituting values earlier in this pass we can
     wipe the dominance information.  So rebuild the dominator
     information as we need it within the jump threading code.  */
  calculate_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);

  /* We do not allow VRP information to be used for jump threading
     across a back edge in the CFG.  Otherwise it becomes too
     difficult to avoid eliminating loop exit tests.  Of course
     EDGE_DFS_BACK is not accurate at this time so we have to
     recompute it.  */
  mark_dfs_back_edges ();

  /* Do not thread across edges we are about to remove.  Just marking
     them as EDGE_IGNORE will do.  */
  FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (to_remove_edges, i, e)
    e->flags |= EDGE_IGNORE;

  /* Allocate our unwinder stack to unwind any temporary equivalences
     that might be recorded.  */
  const_and_copies *equiv_stack = new const_and_copies ();

  hash_table<expr_elt_hasher> *avail_exprs
    = new hash_table<expr_elt_hasher> (1024);
  avail_exprs_stack *avail_exprs_stack
    = new class avail_exprs_stack (avail_exprs);

  vrp_dom_walker walker (CDI_DOMINATORS, equiv_stack, avail_exprs_stack);
  walker.walk (cfun->cfg->x_entry_block_ptr);

  /* Clear EDGE_IGNORE.  */
  FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (to_remove_edges, i, e)
    e->flags &= ~EDGE_IGNORE;

  /* We do not actually update the CFG or SSA graphs at this point as
     ASSERT_EXPRs are still in the IL and cfg cleanup code does not yet
     handle ASSERT_EXPRs gracefully.  */
  delete equiv_stack;
  delete avail_exprs;
  delete avail_exprs_stack;
}

/* Free VRP lattice.  */

static void
vrp_free_lattice ()
{
  /* Free allocated memory.  */
  free (vr_value);
  free (vr_phi_edge_counts);
  bitmap_obstack_release (&vrp_equiv_obstack);
  vrp_value_range_pool.release ();

  /* So that we can distinguish between VRP data being available
     and not available.  */
  vr_value = NULL;
  vr_phi_edge_counts = NULL;
}

/* Traverse all the blocks folding conditionals with known ranges.  */

static void
vrp_finalize (bool warn_array_bounds_p)
{
  size_t i;

  values_propagated = true;

  if (dump_file)
    {
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nValue ranges after VRP:\n\n");
      dump_all_value_ranges (dump_file);
      fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
    }

  /* Set value range to non pointer SSA_NAMEs.  */
  for (i  = 0; i < num_vr_values; i++)
    if (vr_value[i])
      {
        tree name = ssa_name (i);

        if (!name
            || (vr_value[i]->type == VR_VARYING)
            || (vr_value[i]->type == VR_UNDEFINED)
            || (TREE_CODE (vr_value[i]->min) != INTEGER_CST)
            || (TREE_CODE (vr_value[i]->max) != INTEGER_CST))
          continue;

        if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (name))
            && ((vr_value[i]->type == VR_RANGE
                 && range_includes_zero_p (vr_value[i]->min,
                                           vr_value[i]->max) == 0)
                || (vr_value[i]->type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
                    && range_includes_zero_p (vr_value[i]->min,
                                              vr_value[i]->max) == 1)))
          set_ptr_nonnull (name);
        else if (!POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (name)))
          set_range_info (name, vr_value[i]->type, vr_value[i]->min,
                          vr_value[i]->max);
      }

  substitute_and_fold (op_with_constant_singleton_value_range, vrp_fold_stmt);

  if (warn_array_bounds && warn_array_bounds_p)
    check_all_array_refs ();
}

/* evrp_dom_walker visits the basic blocks in the dominance order and set
   the Value Ranges (VR) for SSA_NAMEs in the scope.  Use this VR to
   discover more VRs.  */

class evrp_dom_walker : public dom_walker
{
public:
  evrp_dom_walker ()
    : dom_walker (CDI_DOMINATORS), stack (10)
    {
      need_eh_cleanup = BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL);
    }
  ~evrp_dom_walker ()
    {
      BITMAP_FREE (need_eh_cleanup);
    }
  virtual edge before_dom_children (basic_block);
  virtual void after_dom_children (basic_block);
  void push_value_range (tree var, value_range *vr);
  value_range *pop_value_range (tree var);
  value_range *try_find_new_range (tree, tree op, tree_code code, tree limit);

  /* Cond_stack holds the old VR.  */
  auto_vec<std::pair <tree, value_range*> > stack;
  bitmap need_eh_cleanup;
  auto_vec<gimple *> stmts_to_fixup;
  auto_vec<gimple *> stmts_to_remove;
};

/*  Find new range for NAME such that (OP CODE LIMIT) is true.  */

value_range *
evrp_dom_walker::try_find_new_range (tree name,
                                     tree op, tree_code code, tree limit)
{
  value_range vr = VR_INITIALIZER;
  value_range *old_vr = get_value_range (name);

  /* Discover VR when condition is true.  */
  extract_range_for_var_from_comparison_expr (name, code, op,
                                              limit, &vr);
  /* If we found any usable VR, set the VR to ssa_name and create a
     PUSH old value in the stack with the old VR.  */
  if (vr.type == VR_RANGE || vr.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
    {
      if (old_vr->type == vr.type
          && vrp_operand_equal_p (old_vr->min, vr.min)
          && vrp_operand_equal_p (old_vr->max, vr.max))
        return NULL;
      value_range *new_vr = vrp_value_range_pool.allocate ();
      *new_vr = vr;
      return new_vr;
    }
  return NULL;
}

/* See if there is any new scope is entered with new VR and set that VR to
   ssa_name before visiting the statements in the scope.  */

edge
evrp_dom_walker::before_dom_children (basic_block bb)
{
  tree op0 = NULL_TREE;
  edge_iterator ei;
  edge e;

  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
    fprintf (dump_file, "Visiting BB%d\n", bb->index);

  stack.safe_push (std::make_pair (NULL_TREE, (value_range *)NULL));

  edge pred_e = NULL;
  FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds)
    {
      /* Ignore simple backedges from this to allow recording conditions
         in loop headers.  */
      if (dominated_by_p (CDI_DOMINATORS, e->src, e->dest))
        continue;
      if (! pred_e)
        pred_e = e;
      else
        {
          pred_e = NULL;
          break;
        }
    }
  if (pred_e)
    {
      gimple *stmt = last_stmt (pred_e->src);
      if (stmt
          && gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_COND
          && (op0 = gimple_cond_lhs (stmt))
          && TREE_CODE (op0) == SSA_NAME
          && (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (gimple_cond_lhs (stmt)))
              || POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (gimple_cond_lhs (stmt)))))
        {
          if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
            {
              fprintf (dump_file, "Visiting controlling predicate ");
              print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0);
            }
          /* Entering a new scope.  Try to see if we can find a VR
             here.  */
          tree op1 = gimple_cond_rhs (stmt);
          if (TREE_OVERFLOW_P (op1))
            op1 = drop_tree_overflow (op1);
          tree_code code = gimple_cond_code (stmt);

          auto_vec<assert_info, 8> asserts;
          register_edge_assert_for (op0, pred_e, code, op0, op1, asserts);
          if (TREE_CODE (op1) == SSA_NAME)
            register_edge_assert_for (op1, pred_e, code, op0, op1, asserts);

          auto_vec<std::pair<tree, value_range *>, 8> vrs;
          for (unsigned i = 0; i < asserts.length (); ++i)
            {
              value_range *vr = try_find_new_range (asserts[i].name,
                                                    asserts[i].expr,
                                                    asserts[i].comp_code,
                                                    asserts[i].val);
              if (vr)
                vrs.safe_push (std::make_pair (asserts[i].name, vr));
            }
          /* Push updated ranges only after finding all of them to avoid
             ordering issues that can lead to worse ranges.  */
          for (unsigned i = 0; i < vrs.length (); ++i)
            push_value_range (vrs[i].first, vrs[i].second);
        }
    }

  /* Visit PHI stmts and discover any new VRs possible.  */
  bool has_unvisited_preds = false;
  FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds)
    if (e->flags & EDGE_EXECUTABLE
        && !(e->src->flags & BB_VISITED))
      {
        has_unvisited_preds = true;
        break;
      }

  for (gphi_iterator gpi = gsi_start_phis (bb);
       !gsi_end_p (gpi); gsi_next (&gpi))
    {
      gphi *phi = gpi.phi ();
      tree lhs = PHI_RESULT (phi);
      if (virtual_operand_p (lhs))
        continue;
      value_range vr_result = VR_INITIALIZER;
      bool interesting = stmt_interesting_for_vrp (phi);
      if (interesting && dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
        {
          fprintf (dump_file, "Visiting PHI node ");
          print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, phi, 0);
        }
      if (!has_unvisited_preds
          && interesting)
        extract_range_from_phi_node (phi, &vr_result);
      else
        {
          set_value_range_to_varying (&vr_result);
          /* When we have an unvisited executable predecessor we can't
             use PHI arg ranges which may be still UNDEFINED but have
             to use VARYING for them.  But we can still resort to
             SCEV for loop header PHIs.  */
          struct loop *l;
          if (interesting
              && (l = loop_containing_stmt (phi))
              && l->header == gimple_bb (phi))
            adjust_range_with_scev (&vr_result, l, phi, lhs);
        }
      update_value_range (lhs, &vr_result);

      /* Mark PHIs whose lhs we fully propagate for removal.  */
      tree val = op_with_constant_singleton_value_range (lhs);
      if (val && may_propagate_copy (lhs, val))
        {
          stmts_to_remove.safe_push (phi);
          continue;
        }

      /* Set the SSA with the value range.  */
      if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs)))
        {
          if ((vr_result.type == VR_RANGE
               || vr_result.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
              && (TREE_CODE (vr_result.min) == INTEGER_CST)
              && (TREE_CODE (vr_result.max) == INTEGER_CST))
            set_range_info (lhs,
                            vr_result.type, vr_result.min, vr_result.max);
        }
      else if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (lhs))
               && ((vr_result.type == VR_RANGE
                    && range_includes_zero_p (vr_result.min,
                                              vr_result.max) == 0)
                   || (vr_result.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
                       && range_includes_zero_p (vr_result.min,
                                                 vr_result.max) == 1)))
        set_ptr_nonnull (lhs);
    }

  edge taken_edge = NULL;

  /* Visit all other stmts and discover any new VRs possible.  */
  for (gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_start_bb (bb);
       !gsi_end_p (gsi); gsi_next (&gsi))
    {
      gimple *stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
      tree output = NULL_TREE;
      gimple *old_stmt = stmt;
      bool was_noreturn = (is_gimple_call (stmt)
                           && gimple_call_noreturn_p (stmt));

      if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
        {
          fprintf (dump_file, "Visiting stmt ");
          print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0);
        }

      if (gcond *cond = dyn_cast <gcond *> (stmt))
        {
          vrp_visit_cond_stmt (cond, &taken_edge);
          if (taken_edge)
            {
              if (taken_edge->flags & EDGE_TRUE_VALUE)
                gimple_cond_make_true (cond);
              else if (taken_edge->flags & EDGE_FALSE_VALUE)
                gimple_cond_make_false (cond);
              else
                gcc_unreachable ();
              update_stmt (stmt);
            }
        }
      else if (stmt_interesting_for_vrp (stmt))
        {
          edge taken_edge;
          value_range vr = VR_INITIALIZER;
          extract_range_from_stmt (stmt, &taken_edge, &output, &vr);
          if (output
              && (vr.type == VR_RANGE || vr.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE))
            {
              update_value_range (output, &vr);
              vr = *get_value_range (output);

              /* Mark stmts whose output we fully propagate for removal.  */
              tree val;
              if ((val = op_with_constant_singleton_value_range (output))
                  && may_propagate_copy (output, val)
                  && !stmt_could_throw_p (stmt)
                  && !gimple_has_side_effects (stmt))
                {
                  stmts_to_remove.safe_push (stmt);
                  continue;
                }

              /* Set the SSA with the value range.  */
              if (INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (output)))
                {
                  if ((vr.type == VR_RANGE
                       || vr.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE)
                      && (TREE_CODE (vr.min) == INTEGER_CST)
                      && (TREE_CODE (vr.max) == INTEGER_CST))
                    set_range_info (output, vr.type, vr.min, vr.max);
                }
              else if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (output))
                       && ((vr.type == VR_RANGE
                            && range_includes_zero_p (vr.min,
                                                      vr.max) == 0)
                           || (vr.type == VR_ANTI_RANGE
                               && range_includes_zero_p (vr.min,
                                                         vr.max) == 1)))
                set_ptr_nonnull (output);
            }
          else
            set_defs_to_varying (stmt);
        }
      else
        set_defs_to_varying (stmt);

      /* See if we can derive a range for any of STMT's operands.  */
      tree op;
      ssa_op_iter i;
      FOR_EACH_SSA_TREE_OPERAND (op, stmt, i, SSA_OP_USE)
        {
          tree value;
          enum tree_code comp_code;

          /* If OP is used in such a way that we can infer a value
             range for it, and we don't find a previous assertion for
             it, create a new assertion location node for OP.  */
          if (infer_value_range (stmt, op, &comp_code, &value))
            {
              /* If we are able to infer a nonzero value range for OP,
                 then walk backwards through the use-def chain to see if OP
                 was set via a typecast.
                 If so, then we can also infer a nonzero value range
                 for the operand of the NOP_EXPR.  */
              if (comp_code == NE_EXPR && integer_zerop (value))
                {
                  tree t = op;
                  gimple *def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (t);
                  while (is_gimple_assign (def_stmt)
                         && CONVERT_EXPR_CODE_P
                              (gimple_assign_rhs_code (def_stmt))
                         && TREE_CODE
                              (gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt)) == SSA_NAME
                         && POINTER_TYPE_P
                              (TREE_TYPE (gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt))))
                    {
                      t = gimple_assign_rhs1 (def_stmt);
                      def_stmt = SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (t);

                      /* Add VR when (T COMP_CODE value) condition is
                         true.  */
                      value_range *op_range
                        = try_find_new_range (t, t, comp_code, value);
                      if (op_range)
                        push_value_range (t, op_range);
                    }
                }
              /* Add VR when (OP COMP_CODE value) condition is true.  */
              value_range *op_range = try_find_new_range (op, op,
                                                          comp_code, value);
              if (op_range)
                push_value_range (op, op_range);
            }
        }

      /* Try folding stmts with the VR discovered.  */
      bool did_replace
        = replace_uses_in (stmt, op_with_constant_singleton_value_range);
      if (fold_stmt (&gsi, follow_single_use_edges)
          || did_replace)
        {
          stmt = gsi_stmt (gsi);
          update_stmt (stmt);
          did_replace = true;
        }

      if (did_replace)
        {
          /* If we cleaned up EH information from the statement,
             remove EH edges.  */
          if (maybe_clean_or_replace_eh_stmt (old_stmt, stmt))
            bitmap_set_bit (need_eh_cleanup, bb->index);

          /* If we turned a not noreturn call into a noreturn one
             schedule it for fixup.  */
          if (!was_noreturn
              && is_gimple_call (stmt)
              && gimple_call_noreturn_p (stmt))
            stmts_to_fixup.safe_push (stmt);

          if (gimple_assign_single_p (stmt))
            {
              tree rhs = gimple_assign_rhs1 (stmt);
              if (TREE_CODE (rhs) == ADDR_EXPR)
                recompute_tree_invariant_for_addr_expr (rhs);
            }
        }
    }

  /* Visit BB successor PHI nodes and replace PHI args.  */
  FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->succs)
    {
      for (gphi_iterator gpi = gsi_start_phis (e->dest);
           !gsi_end_p (gpi); gsi_next (&gpi))
        {
          gphi *phi = gpi.phi ();
          use_operand_p use_p = PHI_ARG_DEF_PTR_FROM_EDGE (phi, e);
          tree arg = USE_FROM_PTR (use_p);
          if (TREE_CODE (arg) != SSA_NAME
              || virtual_operand_p (arg))
            continue;
          tree val = op_with_constant_singleton_value_range (arg);
          if (val && may_propagate_copy (arg, val))
            propagate_value (use_p, val);
        }
    }
 
  bb->flags |= BB_VISITED;

  return taken_edge;
}

/* Restore/pop VRs valid only for BB when we leave BB.  */

void
evrp_dom_walker::after_dom_children (basic_block bb ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
  gcc_checking_assert (!stack.is_empty ());
  while (stack.last ().first != NULL_TREE)
    pop_value_range (stack.last ().first);
  stack.pop ();
}

/* Push the Value Range of VAR to the stack and update it with new VR.  */

void
evrp_dom_walker::push_value_range (tree var, value_range *vr)
{
  if (SSA_NAME_VERSION (var) >= num_vr_values)
    return;
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
    {
      fprintf (dump_file, "pushing new range for ");
      print_generic_expr (dump_file, var);
      fprintf (dump_file, ": ");
      dump_value_range (dump_file, vr);
      fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
    }
  stack.safe_push (std::make_pair (var, get_value_range (var)));
  vr_value[SSA_NAME_VERSION (var)] = vr;
}

/* Pop the Value Range from the vrp_stack and update VAR with it.  */

value_range *
evrp_dom_walker::pop_value_range (tree var)
{
  value_range *vr = stack.last ().second;
  gcc_checking_assert (var == stack.last ().first);
  if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS))
    {
      fprintf (dump_file, "popping range for ");
      print_generic_expr (dump_file, var);
      fprintf (dump_file, ", restoring ");
      dump_value_range (dump_file, vr);
      fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
    }
  vr_value[SSA_NAME_VERSION (var)] = vr;
  stack.pop ();
  return vr;
}


/* Main entry point for the early vrp pass which is a simplified non-iterative
   version of vrp where basic blocks are visited in dominance order.  Value
   ranges discovered in early vrp will also be used by ipa-vrp.  */

static unsigned int
execute_early_vrp ()
{
  edge e;
  edge_iterator ei;
  basic_block bb;

  loop_optimizer_init (LOOPS_NORMAL | LOOPS_HAVE_RECORDED_EXITS);
  rewrite_into_loop_closed_ssa (NULL, TODO_update_ssa);
  scev_initialize ();
  calculate_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);
  FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
    {
      bb->flags &= ~BB_VISITED;
      FOR_EACH_EDGE (e, ei, bb->preds)
        e->flags |= EDGE_EXECUTABLE;
    }
  vrp_initialize_lattice ();

  /* Walk stmts in dominance order and propagate VRP.  */
  evrp_dom_walker walker;
  walker.walk (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun));

  if (dump_file)
    {
      fprintf (dump_file, "\nValue ranges after Early VRP:\n\n");
      dump_all_value_ranges (dump_file);
      fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
    }

  /* Remove stmts in reverse order to make debug stmt creation possible.  */
  while (! walker.stmts_to_remove.is_empty ())
    {
      gimple *stmt = walker.stmts_to_remove.pop ();
      if (dump_file && dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS)
        {
          fprintf (dump_file, "Removing dead stmt ");
          print_gimple_stmt (dump_file, stmt, 0);
          fprintf (dump_file, "\n");
        }
      gimple_stmt_iterator gsi = gsi_for_stmt (stmt);
      if (gimple_code (stmt) == GIMPLE_PHI)
        remove_phi_node (&gsi, true);
      else
        {
          unlink_stmt_vdef (stmt);
          gsi_remove (&gsi, true);
          release_defs (stmt);
        }
    }

  if (!bitmap_empty_p (walker.need_eh_cleanup))
    gimple_purge_all_dead_eh_edges (walker.need_eh_cleanup);

  /* Fixup stmts that became noreturn calls.  This may require splitting
     blocks and thus isn't possible during the dominator walk.  Do this
     in reverse order so we don't inadvertedly remove a stmt we want to
     fixup by visiting a dominating now noreturn call first.  */
  while (!walker.stmts_to_fixup.is_empty ())
    {
      gimple *stmt = walker.stmts_to_fixup.pop ();
      fixup_noreturn_call (stmt);
    }

  vrp_free_lattice ();
  scev_finalize ();
  loop_optimizer_finalize ();
  return 0;
}


/* Main entry point to VRP (Value Range Propagation).  This pass is
   loosely based on J. R. C. Patterson, ``Accurate Static Branch
   Prediction by Value Range Propagation,'' in SIGPLAN Conference on
   Programming Language Design and Implementation, pp. 67-78, 1995.
   Also available at http://citeseer.ist.psu.edu/patterson95accurate.html

   This is essentially an SSA-CCP pass modified to deal with ranges
   instead of constants.

   While propagating ranges, we may find that two or more SSA name
   have equivalent, though distinct ranges.  For instance,

     1  x_9 = p_3->a;
     2  p_4 = ASSERT_EXPR <p_3, p_3 != 0>
     3  if (p_4 == q_2)
     4    p_5 = ASSERT_EXPR <p_4, p_4 == q_2>;
     5  endif
     6  if (q_2)

   In the code above, pointer p_5 has range [q_2, q_2], but from the
   code we can also determine that p_5 cannot be NULL and, if q_2 had
   a non-varying range, p_5's range should also be compatible with it.

   These equivalences are created by two expressions: ASSERT_EXPR and
   copy operations.  Since p_5 is an assertion on p_4, and p_4 was the
   result of another assertion, then we can use the fact that p_5 and
   p_4 are equivalent when evaluating p_5's range.

   Together with value ranges, we also propagate these equivalences
   between names so that we can take advantage of information from
   multiple ranges when doing final replacement.  Note that this
   equivalency relation is transitive but not symmetric.

   In the example above, p_5 is equivalent to p_4, q_2 and p_3, but we
   cannot assert that q_2 is equivalent to p_5 because q_2 may be used
   in contexts where that assertion does not hold (e.g., in line 6).

   TODO, the main difference between this pass and Patterson's is that
   we do not propagate edge probabilities.  We only compute whether
   edges can be taken or not.  That is, instead of having a spectrum
   of jump probabilities between 0 and 1, we only deal with 0, 1 and
   DON'T KNOW.  In the future, it may be worthwhile to propagate
   probabilities to aid branch prediction.  */

static unsigned int
execute_vrp (bool warn_array_bounds_p)
{
  int i;
  edge e;
  switch_update *su;

  loop_optimizer_init (LOOPS_NORMAL | LOOPS_HAVE_RECORDED_EXITS);
  rewrite_into_loop_closed_ssa (NULL, TODO_update_ssa);
  scev_initialize ();

  /* ???  This ends up using stale EDGE_DFS_BACK for liveness computation.
     Inserting assertions may split edges which will invalidate
     EDGE_DFS_BACK.  */
  insert_range_assertions ();

  to_remove_edges.create (10);
  to_update_switch_stmts.create (5);
  threadedge_initialize_values ();

  /* For visiting PHI nodes we need EDGE_DFS_BACK computed.  */
  mark_dfs_back_edges ();

  vrp_initialize_lattice ();
  vrp_initialize ();
  ssa_propagate (vrp_visit_stmt, vrp_visit_phi_node);
  vrp_finalize (warn_array_bounds_p);

  /* We must identify jump threading opportunities before we release
     the datastructures built by VRP.  */
  identify_jump_threads ();

  /* A comparison of an SSA_NAME against a constant where the SSA_NAME
     was set by a type conversion can often be rewritten to use the
     RHS of the type conversion.

     However, doing so inhibits jump threading through the comparison.
     So that transformation is not performed until after jump threading
     is complete.  */
  basic_block bb;
  FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb, cfun)
    {
      gimple *last = last_stmt (bb);
      if (last && gimple_code (last) == GIMPLE_COND)
        simplify_cond_using_ranges_2 (as_a <gcond *> (last));
    }

  vrp_free_lattice ();

  free_numbers_of_iterations_estimates (cfun);

  /* ASSERT_EXPRs must be removed before finalizing jump threads
     as finalizing jump threads calls the CFG cleanup code which
     does not properly handle ASSERT_EXPRs.  */
  remove_range_assertions ();

  /* If we exposed any new variables, go ahead and put them into
     SSA form now, before we handle jump threading.  This simplifies
     interactions between rewriting of _DECL nodes into SSA form
     and rewriting SSA_NAME nodes into SSA form after block
     duplication and CFG manipulation.  */
  update_ssa (TODO_update_ssa);

  /* We identified all the jump threading opportunities earlier, but could
     not transform the CFG at that time.  This routine transforms the
     CFG and arranges for the dominator tree to be rebuilt if necessary.

     Note the SSA graph update will occur during the normal TODO
     processing by the pass manager.  */
  thread_through_all_blocks (false);

  /* Remove dead edges from SWITCH_EXPR optimization.  This leaves the
     CFG in a broken state and requires a cfg_cleanup run.  */
  FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (to_remove_edges, i, e)
    remove_edge (e);
  /* Update SWITCH_EXPR case label vector.  */
  FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (to_update_switch_stmts, i, su)
    {
      size_t j;
      size_t n = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (su->vec);
      tree label;
      gimple_switch_set_num_labels (su->stmt, n);
      for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
        gimple_switch_set_label (su->stmt, j, TREE_VEC_ELT (su->vec, j));
      /* As we may have replaced the default label with a regular one
         make sure to make it a real default label again.  This ensures
         optimal expansion.  */
      label = gimple_switch_label (su->stmt, 0);
      CASE_LOW (label) = NULL_TREE;
      CASE_HIGH (label) = NULL_TREE;
    }

  if (to_remove_edges.length () > 0)
    {
      free_dominance_info (CDI_DOMINATORS);
      loops_state_set (LOOPS_NEED_FIXUP);
    }

  to_remove_edges.release ();
  to_update_switch_stmts.release ();
  threadedge_finalize_values ();

  scev_finalize ();
  loop_optimizer_finalize ();
  return 0;
}

namespace {

const pass_data pass_data_vrp =
{
  GIMPLE_PASS, /* type */
  "vrp", /* name */
  OPTGROUP_NONE, /* optinfo_flags */
  TV_TREE_VRP, /* tv_id */
  PROP_ssa, /* properties_required */
  0, /* properties_provided */
  0, /* properties_destroyed */
  0, /* todo_flags_start */
  ( TODO_cleanup_cfg | TODO_update_ssa ), /* todo_flags_finish */
};

class pass_vrp : public gimple_opt_pass
{
public:
  pass_vrp (gcc::context *ctxt)
    : gimple_opt_pass (pass_data_vrp, ctxt), warn_array_bounds_p (false)
  {}

  /* opt_pass methods: */
  opt_pass * clone () { return new pass_vrp (m_ctxt); }
  void set_pass_param (unsigned int n, bool param)
    {
      gcc_assert (n == 0);
      warn_array_bounds_p = param;
    }
  virtual bool gate (function *) { return flag_tree_vrp != 0; }
  virtual unsigned int execute (function *)
    { return execute_vrp (warn_array_bounds_p); }

 private:
  bool warn_array_bounds_p;
}; // class pass_vrp

} // anon namespace

gimple_opt_pass *
make_pass_vrp (gcc::context *ctxt)
{
  return new pass_vrp (ctxt);
}

namespace {

const pass_data pass_data_early_vrp =
{
  GIMPLE_PASS, /* type */
  "evrp", /* name */
  OPTGROUP_NONE, /* optinfo_flags */
  TV_TREE_EARLY_VRP, /* tv_id */
  PROP_ssa, /* properties_required */
  0, /* properties_provided */
  0, /* properties_destroyed */
  0, /* todo_flags_start */
  ( TODO_cleanup_cfg | TODO_update_ssa | TODO_verify_all ),
};

class pass_early_vrp : public gimple_opt_pass
{
public:
  pass_early_vrp (gcc::context *ctxt)
    : gimple_opt_pass (pass_data_early_vrp, ctxt)
    {}

  /* opt_pass methods: */
  opt_pass * clone () { return new pass_early_vrp (m_ctxt); }
  virtual bool gate (function *)
    {
      return flag_tree_vrp != 0;
    }
  virtual unsigned int execute (function *)
    { return execute_early_vrp (); }

}; // class pass_vrp
} // anon namespace

gimple_opt_pass *
make_pass_early_vrp (gcc::context *ctxt)
{
  return new pass_early_vrp (ctxt);
}